Anda di halaman 1dari 172

CONTENTS

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS vii

EDITORS ix

AD HOC REVIEWERS xi

EDITORIAL xiii
Martin Freedman and Bikki Jaggi

THE IDENTIFICATION, MEASUREMENT, AND REPORTING


OF CORPORATE SOCIAL IMPACTS: PAST, PRESENT, AND
FUTURE
Marc J. Epstein 1

LEGITIMACY AND THE INTERNET: AN EXAMINATION OF


CORPORATE WEB PAGE ENVIRONMENTAL DISCLOSURES
Dennis M. Patten and William Crampton 31

POLLUTION DISCLOSURES BY ELECTRIC UTILITIES: AN


EVALUATION AT THE START OF THE FIRST PHASE OF
1990 CLEAN AIR ACT
Martin Freedman, Bikki Jaggi and A. J. Stagliano 59

FINANCIAL ANALYSTS’ VIEWS OF THE VALUE OF


ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION
Herbert G. Hunt III and Jacque Grinnell 101

v
vi

THE IMPACT OF CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY


ON THE INFORMATIVENESS OF EARNINGS AND
ACCOUNTING CHOICES
Ahmed Riahi-Belkaoui 121

AN ASSESSMENT OF THE QUALITY OF ENVIRONMENTAL


DISCLOSURE THEMES
W. Darrell Walden and A. J. Stagliano 137
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS

William Crampton Department of Accounting, Illinois State


University, Normal, Illinois, USA
Marc J. Epstein Jones Graduate School of Management, Rice
University, Houston, Texas, USA
Martin Freedman Department of Accounting, College of
Business and Economics, Towson University,
Towson, Maryland, USA
D. Jacque Grinnell School of Business Administration, University
of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont, USA
Herbert G. Hunt III Accountancy Department, College of
Business Administration, California State
University, Long Beach, California, USA
Bikki Jaggi School of Business, Rutgers University,
New Brunswick, New Jersey, USA
Dennis M. Patten Department of Accounting, Illinois State
University, Normal, Illinois, USA
Ahmed Riahi-Belkaoui Department of Accounting, College of
Business Administration, University of
Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, Illinois, USA
A. J. Stagliano Department of Accounting, Ervian K. Haub
School of Business, Saint Joseph’s University,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA
W. Darrell Walden E. Claiborne Robins School of Business,
University of Richmond, Richmond,
Virginia, USA

vii
EDITORS

Martin Freedman Bikki Jaggi


Towson University Rutgers University

Associate Editors
A.J. Stagliano Sara Reiter
St. Joseph’s University Binghamton University

Editorial Board
Bruce Avolio Arieh Ullmann
University of Nebraska Binghamton University
Walter Blacconiere Ora Freedman
Indiana University Villa Julie College
Nola Buhr Rob Gray
University of Saskatchewan, University of Glasgow, Scotland
Canada Carlos Larrinaga
Jeffrey Cohen University of Seville, Spain
Boston College Cheryl Lehman
David Cooper Hofstra University
University of Alberta, Canada Glen Lehman
Charl De Villiers University of South Australia
University of Pretoria, Lee Parker
South Africa University of Adelaide, Australia
Jesse Dillard Dennis Patten
University of Central Florida Illinois State University
Marc Epstein Bill Schwartz
Rice University Indiana University at South Bend
Paul Shrivasta Tony Tinker
Bucknell University Baruch College
ix
AD HOC REVIEWERS

Kathryn Bewley York University


Yue Li University of Toronto
Arline Savage Oakland University

xi
EDITORIAL

Since the publication of the first volume in this series in 2000, there have been
advances as well as retreats in the areas of both environmental performance and
environmental disclosures. The Kyoto Protocol will become reality if 55 nations
and the industrialized nations that produce at least 55% of the world’s output of
carbon dioxide ratify the treaty. With the European Union’s ratification in 2002
and with Russia and Canada poised to ratify the treaty, the Kyoto Protocol is
expected to become effective shortly. Even without the treaty being in effect, the
EU countries have instituted a carbon dioxide trading scheme to limit the emission
of greenhouse gases. These endeavors constitute progress toward making the
contents of the Kyoto Protocol effective. In the U.S., the Bush administration’s
choice of ignoring Kyoto and relaxing the requirements of certain environmental
laws, however, constitute steps backwards in the battle to keep the planet clean
and safe for future generations.
In the wake of Enron debacle with the resulting dissolution of Arthur Andersen
and other accounting scandals including those involving WorldCom and Xerox,
the quality of financial reporting and auditing has been called in to question. Thus,
as a result of various accounting scandals, financial disclosures have suffered a
great setback. There is, however, a silver lining in the gloomy financial disclosure
landscape. It has been observed that reporting of corporate environmental
and social accounting information has increased despite the setback in overall
financial disclosures. There may, however, be a credibility problem because of the
accounting scandals and because of the voluntary nature of these disclosures that
cast doubt on the reliability of information content of environmental and social
disclosures.
In the first article in this volume, Marc Epstein traces the history of social
accounting from its hopeful beginnings in the late 1960s and early 1970s until the
present day. Being one of the pioneers of social accounting, Marc Epstein is in a
unique position to provide us with a picture that presents important milestones in
corporate recognition of the importance of social and environmental performance
and disclosures. The author argues that although the number of companies
disclosing social and environmental information has increased and the quality of
such disclosures has not improved. He makes valuable suggestions for increasing
the integration of social and environmental impacts with managerial decisions
and for improving social and environmental disclosures.
xiii
xiv

In the article on Legitimacy and the Internet, Dennis Patten and William
Crampton present evidence that companies have used their websites as an
additional source of environmental information. However, their findings show
that corporate web page environmental disclosures by a sample of U.S. firms
do not appear to add any additional, non-redundant environmental information
beyond what is provided in the annual reports. The authors therefore conclude
that that “the focus of internet disclosures may be more on corporate attempts at
legitimization than on moving toward greater corporate accountability.”
In the U.S., the Clean Air Act (CAA) of 1990 was considered a major advance
in the fight to reduce air pollution especially those emissions that cause acid rain.
A key part of the legislation was an emission-trading scheme that allowed electric
utilities to find a least cost method to meet the emission standards. The article
by Martin Freedman, Bikki Jaggi and A. J. Stagliano examines the extensiveness
of the CAA disclosures by firms directly impacted by the first phase of the 1990
Act. Firms that needed to reduce their sulfur dioxide emissions the most tended
to provide the most extensive disclosures. However, the authors conclude that
relying on voluntary disclosures to meet the information needs of stakeholders is
not a successful strategy. Mandating these environmental disclosures would be a
better public policy choice.
In a survey of financial analysts, Herbert Hunt and Jacque Grinnell find that
financial analysts are not enthusiastic about the current state of environmental
reporting. The analysts tend not to use environmental information in their decision
models. Those that do use the information, do it to assess the downside risk. One
of the key reasons given for not using environmental information is the lack of
reliable data (especially since their major source of the data is the annual report).
The authors conclude that firms need to disclose more relevant and reliable
environment performance information so that this information can be better used
by the investment community.
Ahmed Riahi-Belkaoui’s findings show that investors are more likely to rely on
earnings reports from firms that have a reputation for corporate social responsi-
bility (based on Fortune’s rankings). The author, however, concludes that social
responsibility which enhances the relevance of reported earnings, may also have
been encouraging management to be more aggressive in manipulating the reported
earnings through the use of discretionary accruals. Thus, the findings of this study
cast doubt on the reliability of reported earnings by firms that are considered to be
socially responsible.
The last article in this volume authored by Darrell Walden and A. J. Stagliano
deals with quality and placement of environmental disclosures in annual reports
to shareholders. The study is, however, based on data from 1989, the year of the
Exxon Valdez oil spill and therefore it is related to a time period of heightened
xv

environmental awareness. It has been reported that environmental information is


disclosed throughout the annual report, though it varies from firm to firm, but the
information content of these disclosures in general is of limited usefulness. It is
possible that variability in environmental disclosures may be due to firms belong-
ing to different industry groups. The bottom line seems to be that there is little
relationship between environmental disclosures and environmental performance.

Marty Freedman
Bikki Jaggi
Editors
THE IDENTIFICATION,
MEASUREMENT, AND REPORTING OF
CORPORATE SOCIAL IMPACTS: PAST,
PRESENT, AND FUTURE

Marc J. Epstein

ABSTRACT
This paper provides a review of the progress made in both academic literature
and corporate practice over the last forty years. Although there has been an
increase in the number of companies producing social and environmental
reports, the quality of the disclosures has not increased. Further, there is little
evidence of progress in the integration of social and environmental impacts
into management decisions. The paper provides suggestions on research
needs to increase the integration of social and environmental impacts into
management decisions and improve both the internal reporting and external
disclosures and accountability of corporations.

INTRODUCTION

In recent years there has been a proliferation of academic and managerial


publications concerned with the subject of social reporting and the integration of
social, environmental, and economic impacts into managerial decision-making.
This trend parallels a similar surge of interest in social accounting during the

Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management


Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management, Volume 2, 1–29
Copyright © 2004 by Elsevier Ltd.
All rights of reproduction in any form reserved
ISSN: 1479-3598/doi:10.1016/S1479-3598(03)02001-6
1
2 MARC J. EPSTEIN

1970s; it reflects a renewed academic and corporate concern for principles


of corporate social responsibility. To the potential detriment of its longevity,
however, this sense of responsibility has not as yet been fully integrated into
corporate decision-making. In the 1970s this lack of integration resulted in a
failure to bring about enduring and substantive social impacts. Thus, the present
context begs the question: Will the current discourse engender lasting changes in
corporate action or will these progresses simply dissipate as in the 1970s?
This paper reviews and reflects on the development, current state of the art, and
future prospects for the identification, measurement, and reporting of corporate
social impacts. It provides insights into the developments that occurred over
the last four decades, describing the path that social accounting1 has taken and
examining the reasons for that path. It investigates the organizational barriers
that were created and the impacts of the organizational environment on social
accounting development. Additionally, a research and management program to
improve the implementation of social accounting in corporations is provided.
This investigation is based on reviews of both the academic and managerial
literature and extensive field research by the author throughout this period. Other
recent reviews of the development of social accounting include Mathews (1997),
Woodward (1998), and Gray (2001).
This paper is also based on the author’s extensive involvement in the develop-
ment of social accounting in both academia and business over the last thirty years
in both the United States and Europe. Though I have engaged in an earnest attempt
to be objective, my extensive involvement has certainly impacted my views of
these developments. Though beginning my research in the area in the late 1960s
and writing in the early 1970s, my role as both an external consultant and as a full
time employee as Director of Social Measurement Services at Abt Associates,
Inc. during the 1970s has certainly impacted my understanding of the early
developments. Abt Associates, as discussed later in this paper, produced social
audits for their own annual reports and for both internal and external reports for
many clients. I was involved in most of those activities and directed the social audit
efforts. I have also been involved in research and consulting in the identification,
measurement, and reporting of social, environmental, ethical, and economic
impacts in for profit and not-for-profit entities for more than thirty years with both
North American and European based companies. My books and articles (some of
which are referenced in this paper) reflect some of my thoughts and experience
along with reporting on extensive field, survey, and other research. Though much
of the popular press has suggested that the increased social disclosures reported
by companies is significant, I see little evidence that in many cases it is much more
than public relations or that it has fundamentally changed the organizations’ cul-
ture, concern for social issues, and social performance. Further, though European
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 3

based companies have a higher level of social disclosures than North American
companies, I have seen little evidence that they integrate social and environmental
impacts into either operational management or capital investment decisions to any
greater extent. Globalization and the global capital markets have caused the con-
cern for shareholder value to be preeminent. Companies are focused on short term
earnings to meet financial markets’ expectations and many companies are reluctant
to invest in social and environmental improvements that have a speculative long
term gain when other investments have a more identifiable short term profit. Social
and environmental managers have largely been unsuccessful in convincing their
leaders that there is a payoff from social investments – especially when budgets
are tight. Neither academic researchers nor corporate managers have provided

Fig. 1. The Stages of Evolution in Social Accounting.


4 MARC J. EPSTEIN

enough compelling measurements, analysis, and justifications to convince CEO’s


to allocate the necessary funds to make significant improvements in corporate
social performance.
Although many observers have presented optimistic views of current devel-
opments in corporate social accounting (ACCA, 2001; Watts & Holme, 1999),
others in increasing numbers are concerned whether the changes in corporate
culture and disclosure are (a) institutionalized and (b) likely to be maintained.
This paper recommends caution for those optimistic views, arguing that despite an
increase in the quantity of companies that provide social disclosures, the quality
of those disclosures has not improved, nor have companies integrated social and
environmental information into managerial decision-making or institutionalized
it sufficiently to change corporate culture. Ultimately, then, increased social
disclosures may have improved corporate accountability but may not have
improved social and environmental performance. Using an historical perspective,
this paper analyzes both recent and prior developments from 1960 to the present,
which can be broken down into five stages (Fig. 1).

THE DEVELOPMENT, DECLINE, AND REVIVAL OF


SOCIAL ACCOUNTING: ACADEMIC AND CORPORATE
CONTRIBUTIONS IN THE 1960s, 1970s, 1980s, AND 1990s
Stage 1 – 1960–1969 – Antecedents of Social Accounting

During this stage, the focus in both academic research and managerial practice was
primarily on the evaluation of government sponsored social programs and their
contributions to social welfare. Social science measurement techniques, including
those developed for the evaluation of military efficacy, were refined and applied to
social programs. This was accompanied by increased academic and government
emphasis on both the efficiency and effectiveness of government spending (Dunlap
& Catton, 1979). Attempts to broadly define and measure the growth and improve-
ment in societal wealth and welfare were often included in discussion under the
rubric of social accounting (Terleckyj, 1970; U.S. Dept of H.E.W., 1970).
This occurred within a context of significant community pressures and protests
of various corporate and government activities. Corporations were challenged on
issues such as the manufacture of weapons, environmental emissions, civil and
human rights practices, community contributions, and employee diversity (Boyer,
1984; Hammond, 1987). The role of corporations in society became an issue of
concern, and corporate leaders began making it an important point of discussion.
Incongruously, significant discussion did not equate to significant action, despite
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 5

the development of many tools for implementation of programs intended to ensure


corporate social responsibility (Wilson, 2000).

Stage 2 – 1970–1977 – Birth and Initial Development of Social Accounting

Many of the current developments in social accounting can be largely attributed to


the contributions of Ray Bauer, a Harvard management professor, and Dan Fenn,
who coauthored The Corporate Social Audit (1972). Their work was based on
extensive field research on the implementation of corporate social responsibility
and the development of social audits. Also contributing to the genesis of the field
were John Corson and UCLA professor George Steiner, who wrote Measuring
Business’s Social Performance: The Corporate Social Audit (1974), a book based
on a survey of corporate activities focused on evaluating social performance.
Academic researchers and practicing accountants were also involved in the
early developments of the field. The American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants conducted a seminar on social measurement. Following the seminar,
the institute formed a committee to investigate the potential role of accountants
in the further development and evolution of social accounting. The committee’s
report The Measurement of Corporate Social Performance: Determining the
Impact of Business Actions on Areas of Social Concern (1977) presented exten-
sive material on both measurement and reporting of social impacts, including
areas such as customers, environment, nonrenewable resources, suppliers, and
employees. It examined objectives, measures, and data collection. The American
Accounting Association also established and published works related to the topic
(AAA, 1975, 1976).
The National Association of Accountants supported a field research study that
examined social accounting at General Electric, First National Bank of Minneapo-
lis, and Atlantic Richfield (Epstein et al., 1977b). The research also included a
survey of corporate activities in this area and was part of a series of three studies
sponsored by the NAA that also included an environmental study (Nikolai, Bazley
& Brummet, 1976) and a human resources study (Caplan & Landekich, 1974).
Other accounting academics and practitioners were also working on the
development of models for the measurement of corporate social impacts. Estes
(1973, 1976), Seidler and Seidler (1975), Linowes (1972, 1974), Epstein et al.
(1977a, b), Dierkes and Bauer (1973), and Dierkes and Preston (1977) all provided
early contributions with field studies, theoretical classifications, measurement
frameworks, and reporting formats. Reports of both survey and field research in
the application of social accounting to product and service contributions were
reported in Epstein et al. (1977b).
6 MARC J. EPSTEIN

In addition, numerous corporations advanced the development of social account-


ing by implementing it within their companies. Most notable among these were
Abt Associates, First National Bank of Minneapolis, Eastern Gas & Fuel, Scovill
Manufacturing, First Pennsylvania Bank, and Phillips Screw (see Epstein et al.,
1976, 1977a, b). During this stage, much of the methodology for the social audit
was developed, and over 100 such audits were conducted, many in consultation
with Cambridge, Massachusetts based social science research and consulting firm,
Abt Associates, Inc. In a few cases, complete social income statements and balance
sheets were constructed. More often, data was aggregated to improve managerial
decisions in a particular context, rather than attempting to fit it into a standard
reporting format. Since the reports were customized for clients, some reports were
distributed externally but more often they were for internal management evalu-
ations only or for use with particular stakeholder groups. Many were developed
for specific purposes, such as communicating more effectively with certain stake-
holders and aiding managers with particular decisions. These included evaluations
of potential facility locations and the impact of plant closure on community well-
being, as well as the evaluation of product labeling practices, employee benefit
programs, and the value of company products and services to the community. The
reports also examined issues related to management control systems that could
be used to systematize social responsibility in ways that might substantively link
strategy to action.
Social accounting was the mechanism by which senior executives intended
to implement various strategies for social responsibility. During this stage, new
techniques for measurement were developed and others from the social sciences
were adapted, refined, and applied to the evaluation of corporate social impacts.
Many of the techniques, based on economic, sociometric, and psychometric
approaches, are still used today to evaluate the impacts of corporate products,
services, processes, and activities on a company’s various stakeholders.
One of the most important developments was the work completed in the
early 1970s at Abt Associates. Abt utilized a constituent impact approach to
construct social income statements and social balance sheets for inclusion in
its own corporate annual report and for many of its clients. Client social audits
included evaluations of corporate social programs, broad evaluations of corporate
social impacts, and evaluations of the impacts of both profit and not-for-profit
organizations on society. Also, these social audits often included evaluations of
the impacts of products, services, corporate social programs, and of corporate
philanthropy.2
The social audit that was included in Abt Associates, Inc.’s corporate annual
reports in the early 1970s focused on reporting the impact of the company on
its various stakeholders including employees, customers, the community, and
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 7

shareholders (Epstein et al., 1976). All items were reported in monetary terms
and in a balance sheet and income statement format with extensive footnotes to
provide details on the measurements used for each of the line items.
The social balance sheet included a subtraction of social liabilities from social
assets to calculate “society’s equity” in the social resources of the company.
The social income statement reflected a netting of the social benefits and social
costs of the company’s activities on society. Abt’s reports also made progress by
calculating the financial returns on social investments patterned after traditional
corporate return on investment calculations. These practices reflected the com-
pany’s belief that the financial earnings of the company are the result of both its
financial and social assets.
The academic literature in management also made progress in the identification
and measurement of social and environmental impacts. Post and Epstein (1977)
developed a framework for the development of a social accounting information
system capable of continuous identification and monitoring of actual social
demands and public expectations.
One of the more interesting European implementations of social accounting was
the 1976 report by Gröjer and Stark (1977) of the social performance of Swedish
based Fortia Group. The authors discussed both the theoretical underpinnings
of the model and a description of the implementation. Like the Abt report in the
U.S., the Fortia report looked at constituent impacts and examined the return that
various stakeholders (including employees, shareholders, and the community)
received from the company. In addition to the monetary measurements, the
authors included descriptive discussions of those items they believed could not or
should not be measured in monetary units. Consequently, unlike Abt, they were
unable to calculate a social profit and loss. Nonetheless, the disclosures were
substantial and provided more information than is typical of company reports
today.

Stage 3 – 1978–1986 – Decline of Social Accounting

During this period, government and businesses became increasingly focused


on economic prosperity, relegating social concerns to the periphery. Thus, there
was a lull in both academic development and corporate implementation (Purser
et al., 1995). Those few still making progress discovered the transience of
non-institutionalized changes as CEOs quickly eliminated programs, a purge
reflecting both a primarily profit-driven corporate temperament and a failure
to operationally integrate social accounting within corporate culture. Without
institutionalized practices and protocol, social responsibility derives sustenance
8 MARC J. EPSTEIN

from corporate focus, and when that focus shifted to profitability, preservation of
these concerns could no longer be ensured. By early in this stage, the regression
was so complete as to leave almost no evidence of social accounting’s progresses.
Both academia and business seemed to have lost interest. Not until concern
for improved management of corporate environmental costs increased did
environmental accounting again become of significant interest (Bennett & James,
1998a; Epstein, 1996b; Parker, 2000a, b).
Also, external support and demand for information on environmental and social
impacts declined, and by consequence, companies’ perceptions of the need for
additional accountability to the public also declined. There was no systematic
and organized measurement and reporting framework developed that would
provide continuous support and acceptance of social accounting and no grassroots
support for the external reporting of social impact information by external stake-
holders. Thus, with insufficient internal impetus and waning external demand
for the continued supply of information, corporate interest in the identification,
measurement, and reporting of environmental and social impacts subsided.
In academia, social accounting was not accepted as a discipline by the
academic establishment, thereby depriving institutional support to those who
would contribute research but needed to obtain tenure and promotion at their
institutions. Not until the development in 1976 and increasing importance of
Accounting, Organizations, and Society was there a respected outlet for research
contributions in this area. Also, due to the decline in industrial support, some
researchers lost sites for field visits and data for empirical studies.

Stage 4 – 1987–1998 – Revival of Interest in Social Accounting

Although a marked burgeoning within the environmental movement may be


traced to the first Earth day in 1970 (Dunlap & Catton, 1979; Freudenberg,
1986), it was not until the late 1980s that social and environmental accounting
came again to the forefront. Significant environmental regulations enacted in
the 1980s in conjunction with increased enforcement made companies recognize
substantial environmental liabilities on their financial statements and required
large expenditures for remediation of prior emissions. Numerous publications
in both the academic and managerial press revealed the benefits of preventing
negative environmental impacts rather than dealing with clean-up costs and fines
(Berry & Rondinelli, 1998; Neu et al., 1998).
In 1996, a major research study reporting the state of the art and best practices
of corporate environmental management and accounting was published. Entitled
Measuring Corporate Environmental Performance: Best Practices for Costing and
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 9

Managing and Effective Environmental Strategy, the book reported the findings
of the largest field research study ever conducted in this area (Epstein, 1996b).3
Although the study included a review of external reporting and auditing, it focused
on the internal corporate systems and culture conducive to the implementation of
effective social and environmental impact management strategy, structures, and
systems. This book and numerous other contemporaneous developments directed
attention to the field of social and environmental accounting, effecting its addition
within the mainstream discourses of both managers and academics. Discussions
about the ways in which social responsibility issues might be integrated within
existing accounting and control systems and the appropriate breadth of stake-
holder concerns included in the management decision-making process followed.
Together, increased environmental regulation, mounting pressure from internal
and external stakeholders, and a variety of both cost and revenue imperatives
brought corporate environmental responsibility to the attention of managers and
researchers alike.
Professional accounting associations, academics, and other non-profit orga-
nizations and industry associations also made significant contributions to the
literature on both internal and external environmental accounting (Bennett &
James, 1998a; CICA, 1993, 1994, 1997; Ditz et al., 1995; Epstein, 1996b; Gray
et al., 1987, 1993; Ilinitch et al., 1998; Schaltegger et al., 1996; SMAC, 1995,
1996). These contributions advanced the discussion of the state of the art and best
practices, but the discussion was not accompanied by substantial improvements
in corporate practice, nor did it lead to the advancement of theories, frameworks,
or tools to identify, measure, and report social and environmental impacts.
Also, there were few field based research projects that examined the corporate
integration of social or environmental impacts into management decisions and
their relation to both management accounting and management control until
Epstein’s study of corporate environmental performance in 1996. Even Epstein
et al.’s (1976) AOS article was primarily focused on external reporting. Though
this was part of a major research project that did investigate the integration
of social and environmental impacts into management decisions generally and
product and service contributions specifically and was funded by the National
Association of Accountants (an association of management accountants), external
reporting was the primary focus. That social accounting in the 1970s was
directed towards innovative attempts to provide additional external disclosure
of the impacts rather than institutionalization of these concerns into day-to-day
management decisions is one explanation for this focus.
Thus, Stage 4 was characterized by a proliferation of corporate environmental
reports, most of which were intended for external rather than internal distribution.
Some of the reports included extensive disclosures of environmental liabilities,
10 MARC J. EPSTEIN

operating expenses, and capital expenditures, and others included detailed


synopses of company programs aimed at the reduction of future environmental
impacts. Some of the reports were also verified by environmental consulting
firms or the company’s independent auditors (Epstein, 1996b). Organizational
structures evolved, decentralizing the function of environmental management
to individual business units, thereby allocating environmental responsibility and
performance expectations to all levels of management. This dramatic increase
in environmental measurement and reporting and the concurrent evolution
of environmental management was not, however, complemented by similarly
significant advances in the measurement, reporting, and management of broader
social impacts. More progress on these issues has been made during stage 5.

Stage 5 – 1999–Present – Redevelopment of Social Accounting

When the 1990s began there were few environmental reports produced, but as
the decade progressed, hundreds of companies began producing corporate envi-
ronmental reports. By the late 1990s an increasing number of companies began
producing social or sustainability reports as substitutes for, or in addition to, their
environmental reports indicating a shift back to broader social issues as companies
have begun to determine that the analysis and integration of broader social impacts
provides information necessary for improved decision-making by both internal and
external stakeholders. A broad analysis of social impacts allows corporations to
more accurately evaluate stakeholder needs and anticipate their responses, which
then enables them to more effectively manage their relationships with the commu-
nity and their customers, thereby driving increases in revenue. Additionally, the
consideration of broad social impacts in day-to-day operational capital decisions
can improve cost management. Leadership in external social reporting during this
period was coming primarily from Europe, followed by North America, Australia,
and Asia (Epstein, 1996b; Kolk, 1999; KPMG, 1999; SustainAbility, 2000).
An increase in the number of social reports accompanied this shift in concern
to broader social issues. The reports were often produced often under the rubric
of sustainability, a broader framework than the predominately environmental
perspective of the previous period. Public accounting and consulting firms
began to offer services in this area with such titles as PriceWaterhouseCoopers’
“reputation assurance” (Peters, 1999) and KPMG’s “sustainability services.”
These services focused on reducing organizational risk by minimizing negative
social impacts and enhancing reputation, and the reports often responded directly
to corporate concern with determining the payoffs associated with specific
investments in corporate social responsibility. Yet despite the growing number of
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 11

reports, the development of measurement and reporting frameworks still has not
surpassed the progress made in the 1970s.

THOUGHTS ON THE DECLINE AND REVIVAL OF


SOCIAL ACCOUNTING
Thus, although twenty-five years have passed since major developments occurred
in the field during the 1970s, little progress has been made in social accounting. In
1976, Epstein, et al identified seven classes of social reports: (1) internal reports;
(2) external reports; (3) descriptive reports; (4) quantified reports; (5) monetized
reports; (6) partial social accounting reports; and (7) comprehensive social
accounting reports. Currently, these seven categories of social reports remain
effective and, as was the case twenty-five years ago, very little activity exists
in producing the comprehensive reports, which examine a broad range of social
impacts and provide the most useful information for the effective management of
the full scope of corporate impacts on both internal and external stakeholders.
An examination of the coverage of social accounting in academic journals
such as Accounting, Organizations and Society and Accounting, Auditing, and
Accountability Journal provides insight into and a reflection on the developments
in social accounting in both academia and industry. Beginning with Epstein
et al.’s (1976) article in its first issue, AOS published numerous articles on
social accounting over the next few years. Most of these articles provided an
examination of the disclosure of corporate social and environmental impacts, but
these articles were focused primarily on the external reporting of these impacts
rather than internal reporting and decision-making.4
In many ways, a discussion of the reports analyzed in the current accounting
literature is similar to the discussion of the state of the art and social accounting
in the 1970s. The reports included discussions of intentions, concerns, policies,
and results. Again, however, there is little evidence that this concern for social
or sustainability issues has been well integrated into the strategies, structures,
systems, and cultures of the companies.
The failure of social accounting, then, can be traced to the lack of insti-
tutionalization of improvements in measurement and reporting for social and
environmental impacts in either the organizations or the public. Without integra-
tion of these impacts into routine management decisions, organizational change
cannot be effective. In order for current developments in social accounting to be
sustainable, it is necessary that the information such analyses provide be reported
to both internal managers responsible for day-to-day operational decisions and
external stakeholders who provide external accountability.
12 MARC J. EPSTEIN

Notably, environmental issues appear to be better integrated into operational


and capital decisions. Managers are expected to operate in environmentally
responsible ways and make decisions that are consistent with this responsibility.
Capital investment decisions typically require scrutiny and approval by envi-
ronmental professionals. This is the result of extensive regulations, a decade of
corporate concerns that are becoming more institutionalized, large liabilities that
must be disclosed, and substantial cost savings from environmental improvements
that are easier to both calculate and justify (Shrivastava, 1995).
Still, social and sustainability disclosures are usually not widely distributed and
are not typically written in such a way as to be useful to stakeholders. Ultimately,
these disclosures appear in too many cases to be prepared for external distribution
for public relations purposes rather and are not necessarily evident of integration
and institutionalization of social and sustainability issues into corporate culture.
Neither does it appear to be evident of concern for a more complete accountability
to the diverse set of corporate stakeholders.
The survival of interest in social reporting, however, requires that it not be
focused primarily on external disclosure but rather that it operate as an integral
part of a larger corporate and societal shift toward emphasizing the social roles of
corporations. As part of this shift, corporate focus expands to include the recog-
nition of multiple stakeholders in the corporate decision-making process. Social
accounting cannot be constructed primarily to provide public relations material
intended to placate community concerns but rather should be used to change daily
decisions made within organizations (see Doane, 2000; Neu et al., 1998). Also,
readers of social reports need to evaluate them to determine underlying changes
in the corporations, managerial decision-making and corporate culture before
assuming that lasting changes have been achieved.
Of course, there are exceptions. Just as in the 1970s there were leaders in
social reporting, there are leaders today. Still, there remains a significant amount
of work that needs to be done by both managers and researchers to improve the
identification, measurement, reporting, attestation, and management of corporate
social impacts.
Among the research contributions to the literature are recent collections of
articles that provide an overview of some of the issues and developments in social
accounting. These contributions include Bennett and James’ (1986b) collection
of articles on management accounting issues related to the environment, their
collection of articles on measurements for sustainability (Bennett & James, 1999),
and Zadek et al.’s (1997) collection related primarily to external disclosure of
social impacts. More of these contributions are likely in the near future as this
area continues its rapid development.
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 13

USING SOCIAL ACCOUNTABILITY FOR IMPROVED


EXTERNAL STAKEHOLDER DECISIONS AND
CORPORATE ACCOUNTABILITY

Much of the focus over the last decade, as was the case in the 1970s, has been
on the measurement, reporting, and verification of social indicators for disclosure
to external stakeholders. In an attempt to provide guidance and comparability
to both information preparers and users, numerous organizations have promoted
standards of social reporting as an attempt to satisfy various stakeholders’ needs
and improve corporate accountability. Examination of these organizations and
standards provides an understanding of both the state of the art and best practices
in external social reporting.
The ISO 14000 series of standards were published in 1996 to improve both
environmental management and environmental performance (SMAC, 1998).
They provide guidance for certification and improvement in such areas as
performance evaluation, auditing, labeling, and life cycle assessments. The
only standard subject to certification, ISO 14001 is a process standard, rather
than a performance standard, and thus does not prescribe a minimum level of
environmental performance. Rather, it describes a system that will ensure that
companies can measure their environmental performance and it is hoped that
this will lead to improved performance. This is in contrast with EMAS (Europe’s
Eco-Management and Audit Scheme), which is a performance standard and
requires minimum levels of environmental performance.
In 1997, the Council of Economic Priorities established SA 8,000 (Social
Accountability 8,000) as a standard focused on workplace conditions. An affiliated
accreditation agency was established to develop and verify the implementation of
the standards and to accredit firms to be external auditors. The Institute of Social
and Ethical Accountability, founded in 1996 and based in England, has developed
AA1,000 (Accountability 1,000) as a set of standards of practice for the external
disclosure and verification of social, ethical, and environmental information.
Another recent development is the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI). Estab-
lished in 1997 with the participation of numerous corporations, consulting firms,
and non-governmental organizations, the GRI’s mission is to design globally
applicable guidelines for corporate sustainability reports. In the pilot phase, some
companies used the GRI framework in their sustainability reports. The World
Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD), an industry coalition
of 120 international companies based in Geneva, Switzerland, has made some
progress in the development of frameworks to promote, measure, monitor, and
manage corporate sustainability.
14 MARC J. EPSTEIN

The WBCSD has been rooted in the belief that “performance in the social area is
inevitably more difficult to quantify than commercial or even environmental per-
formance” (Watts & Holme, 1999). This is a view commonly held in industry and
offers one explanation for the lack of progress in the measurement of social and en-
vironmental impacts. Misconceptions about traditional accounting reports endow
them with unrealistically high levels of precision and reliability, provoking expec-
tations of similarly unrealistic levels of empiricism in social accounting. These
expectations deprive corporate social accounting of numerical legitimacy and, by
consequence, hamper the integration of social and environmental responsibility
into day-to-day corporate decisions. Yet, social science techniques that provide
reasonable estimates for social and environmental performance do exist. These
measures, though requiring further development, nonetheless provide substantial
and valuable information, which enables managers to more accurately evaluate the
tradeoffs made in day-to-day management decisions. Thus, definitions of corpo-
rate profit and performance need to be expanded to include the increase or decrease
of welfare for all stakeholders due to corporate action, rather than the easily mon-
etized impacts on financial stakeholders alone (Epstein & Birchard, 1999).
A perpetually increasing demand for reporting to both internal and external
stakeholders Epstein and Freedman (1994) has generated a market for numerous
consulting firms who have developed practices around the measurement, reporting,
attestation, and management of corporate social and environmental impacts. One
such consulting firm, PriceWaterhouseCoopers has developed a framework, a prin-
ciples matrix, and a set of effectiveness indicators for stewardship, environment,
health and safety, and communication. Notably, the framework and the indicators
are focused on the effect of social and environmental issues on corporate reputation
(Peters, 1999). Arguing effectively for the relevance of social and environmental
concerns to long-term stakeholder and shareholder value, London-based consulting
firm SustainAbility has also developed a framework for the integration of these and
economic concerns (Elkington, 1998). Recent research has focused on the impact
of a reputation for social performance on stock price (Schnietz & Epstein, 2003).
Additionally, in an attempt to develop standards of corporate social respon-
sibility, the Social Venture Network published a set of nine principles in 1999,
including: (a) global principles of corporate social responsibility; (b) a guidance
document to more carefully articulate the components of the principles; and (c)
a measures document that began to identify possible measures for each of the
principles (SVN, 1999). The SVN project was intended to be the first phase of a
major research project that observed the strengths and weaknesses of the strate-
gies, structures, people, culture, organizational change efforts, and management
control systems that are necessary for the successful implementation of corporate
social responsibility. Though never completed, the work contributed to efforts to
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 15

change corporate priorities and formalize the identification, measurement, and


reporting of corporate social impacts.
The New Economics Foundations (NEF), a non-profit U.K. based organization,
has focused much of its attention on the development of a framework and tools
for social accounting. In Social Auditing for Small Organizations: A Workbook
for Trainers and Practitioners (Pearce et al., 1998), NEF provided a guide to the
internal integration of social impacts, the disclosure of those impacts to external
stakeholders, and the verification of the measures and disclosures by independent
auditors. The workbook provides both a framework for beginning to perform a
social audit and guidance on the development of indicators and benchmarks for
evaluation of performance.
Ralph Estes, who contributed much to the early development of social ac-
counting in the 1970s, has proposed The Sunshine Standards and The Corporate
Accountability Act, the latter of which mandates the disclosure of more compre-
hensive information sets to the public (Estes, 1996). Estes emphasizes the way in
which traditional assessments of corporate performance have overemphasized the
value of shareholders’ interests to the exclusion of other stakeholders’ interests,
making accounting complicit in the irresponsibility of corporate behavior.
Standard setters, in attempting to make these various standards operational, have
sought to establish a standard set of disclosures and approach performance metrics
that permit comparisons of corporate social and environmental performance
across industries. Differences in company size, geographic diversity, complexity,
and nature and level of environmental and social impacts of products and activities
complicate this task. Nonetheless, a broad set of measures that successfully
integrates social, environmental and economic impacts would greatly benefit
both internal and external stakeholders. In response to the requests for input
from the Global Reporting Initiative, a number of organizations including the
New Economics Foundation and PriceWaterhouseCoopers have developed social
indicators for use in the proposed external sustainability reporting guidelines.
Another important recent development is the establishment of the Dow Jones
Sustainability Group Indexes in 1999. These include global indexes based on
a systematic methodology that tracks sustainability performance and provides
investors and companies a way to compare performance. Another company
attempting to provide services to the investment community and corporate
managers on sustainable performance is Innovest. With their tool, EcoValue21,
the company tries to combine financial and environmental performance and
“exploit the risk migration and investment out-performance opportunities in
the substantial but largely unrecognized differentials in the ‘eco-efficiency’ of
major industrial corporations.” These all further the developments of probably the
best known of these indexes, the Domini Social Index, established in 1990 and
16 MARC J. EPSTEIN

composite of 400 socially responsible corporations (Epstein & Birchard, 1999).


These developments also relate to the increasing concern over the relationship
between social and environmental performance and financial performance.
Though numerous studies and analyses of these relationships do exist in the
literature (Aspen Institute, 1998; Blumberg et al., 1997; Margolis & Walsh, 2001;
Zadek & Chapman, 1998), a clear relationship cannot yet be specified.
Pertinent to the further development of social accounting is the development
of the internet. Where previously prohibitive costs of collection and distribution
stymied general access to environmental and social impact information, no
such barriers currently exist. External stakeholders or companies could create
uni-dimensional reports by stakeholder, facility or impact, or alternatively,
aggregate the information into a total impact report with the provision of links
to related and more detailed information. Thus, information can be easily posted
and accessed, resulting in a broader forum of stakeholders involved in its analysis
and able to ensure accountability. Increasingly, investors are demanding this
information and its concomitant social accountability.
However, a comparison of corporate annual reports, environmental reports, and
sustainability reports from over 200 companies with those reported by Epstein
et al. (1976) reveals little substantive progress. Although the quantity of these
reports has increased dramatically since 1976, current reports are still inferior
to Abt’s report of thirty years ago, containing fewer useful measures than some
other reports from that time period. Furthermore, there is little evidence to show
significant integration of a social and environmental concerns or a broad set of
stakeholder interests into management decision-making or corporate culture.
Prior research has shown that the levels of environmental disclosure and the
level of environmental performance are often not highly correlated (Rockness,
1985; Wiseman, 1982; also see Doane, 2000; Neu et al., 1998). Therefore, it is
being suggested here that these are too often an exercise in public relations rather
reflective of a deep concern for accountability and action.
In order to ensure the continuation of the current interest in social accounting
and further progress in the field, however, its developments must be integrated
with the management accounting and control systems. Otherwise, the future of
the field is likely to repeat its history, experiencing a surge of interest, as in the
1970s, followed shortly by a decline, as in the 1980s.

USING SOCIAL ACCOUNTING FOR IMPROVED


MANAGERIAL DECISIONS
Increasingly companies are examining how to fit social and environmental issues
into existing management systems. This often includes accounting systems like
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 17

activity based costing and strategic management systems like shareholder value
analysis and balanced scorecard, which examine drivers of value in organizations
(Epstein & Birchard, 1999; Epstein & Young, 1999). General managers achieve
substantially better understanding and recognition of environmental and social
impacts when they are measured in monetary terms since this allows them to
integrate these concerns into operational and capital investment decisions and
recognize where tradeoffs are necessary. Quantification in monetary terms also
permits a more comprehensive understanding of impacts on various corporate
stakeholders in both the short and long term.
Life cycle assessment and life cycle costing are also being used in an effort to
provide systematic evaluations of ultimate product responsibility during all phases
of its life cycle, from product concept, material acquisition, R & D operations,
manufacturing, customer use, to final disposal (Datar et al., 1997). Some commu-
nity and environmental activists have been concerned that using economic value
added or any other shareholder value metric acknowledges that shareholders are
the primary stakeholders and denies the relevance of other potential stakeholders to
management decisions. This particularly applies to those stakeholder impacts that
are difficult to quantify and external impacts without clear methods of internaliza-
tion. The most important issue, however, is that the identification and measurement
of both the stakeholders and impacts must be broadened to encompass the impacts
of capital investment decisions over the entire life of the investments, including
product take back. Many companies currently do not consider broad life cycle
impacts that will affect long-term corporate profitability (Epstein, 1996a; Epstein
& Roy, 1997a).
Thus, in order for social accounting to be an effective tool in sustainability,
it must assess a wide range of stakeholder interests over the entire spectrum of
product and service life, relating these issues directly back to profit over both
the short and long term. This can be accomplished if the principles of corporate
social responsibility and the processes of social accounting are fully integrated
into corporate culture and management systems.

DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF CURRENT


EFFORTS IN SOCIAL ACCOUNTING FOR
MANAGERIAL DECISIONS
The earlier discussion attributed much of the decline of social accounting in
stage 3 of the evolution to the lack of institutionalization within organizations.
Current organizational efforts to primarily improve managerial decisions related
to social impacts and concerned with external disclosure secondarily may have
more permanence. Using some of the newest measurement and management
18 MARC J. EPSTEIN

systems, some companies have found that significant improvements can be made
in the decision making process to improve both financial and social performance
(Epstein & Wisner, 2001a; Wisner et al., 2002). However, many of these corporate
systems are not widely promoted and are not tied to external disclosures, thereby
inhibiting the realization of their full efficacy.
Companies are nonetheless recognizing there are numerous opportunities
to reduce negative environmental impacts and are adopting environmental
management systems to improve their performances. Many are examining how
these same approaches can be applied to broader social issues.
In terms of structure, the corporate sustainability department is responsible for
defining worldwide requirements and objectives and then measuring and reporting
environmental performance. The central office has only a coordinating role, and in-
dividual business units are responsible for developing their own programs to meet
the established objectives. In the early stages of integrating this system, though,
strong central management is necessary to both monitor and motivate performance.
As companies search for ways to improve their performance, determining
the best ways to thoroughly integrate these improvements into all parts of the
company still causes difficulty. In order to improve this integration of social and
environmental impacts into day-to-day management decisions, companies must
tie the measurement and reporting of these impacts into the decision-making
processes already in place. Further, these impacts must be measured and reported
in financial terms and then integrated into the traditional investment models.
To reduce the negative social impacts of corporate activities, the drivers of the
costs and benefits must be analyzed. Understanding these drivers is necessary in
order to better identify, measure, and manage social impacts. Epstein and Roy
(2001) have developed a model to better understand the drivers of sustainability,
considering both the drivers of sustainable performance and the sustainable
drivers of financial performance, along with the development of appropriate
measures (also see Epstein & Wisner, 2001b).
The model (see Fig. 2) begins with corporate and business unit strategy
and examines the various ways that a company’s sustainability performance is
determined. Among these are actions a company takes deriving from corporate
strategy. There are various structures and systems the can be used proactively
on issues of social concern. These could include a combination of the four
levers of control described by Simons (1995) as boundary, belief, diagnostic, and
interactive system. These systems and structures could also be developed out of
strategy to impact sustainability performance or instead in a reactive mode to
respond to the performance indicators before the stakeholders are impacted or
see the impact. The available systems and structures could also include reactions
to stakeholder concerns through feedback loops that are created to improve
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 19

Fig. 2. Drivers of Sustainability.


20 MARC J. EPSTEIN

management of these issues and that may be directed to altering strategy or


specific actions affecting sustainability performance.
The model can be used to measure sustainability performance in either
monetary terms or other metrics related to financial performance. Equipped with
an enhanced understanding of the drivers of social costs and benefits, managers
should be able to make better decisions regarding the tradeoffs that consistently
must be made where corporate products and activities may have a positive impact
on one stakeholder and a negative impact on another. Additionally, the model
facilitates the inclusion of both leading and lagging indicators of performance.
More information related to the strategies, structures, systems, and culture that are
in place might enable better predictions of future sustainability. The information
should then be of interest to both internal and external stakeholders.
One of the major disappointments of social accounting in the 1970s was the lack
of institutionalization within corporate culture. This allowed these concepts to
die within corporations as senior leadership changed and the pressures to increase
profitability and pursue other interests mounted. Thus, institutionalization of
the vision and mission within corporate systems and structures is absolutely
paramount.

THE CHALLENGE TO RESEARCHERS: THE


DEVELOPMENT AND APPLICATION OF FRAMEWORKS
AND MEASURE FOR SOCIAL ACCOUNTING
Many have argued that a major impediment to the development of social and
environmental accounting is the inability to measure impacts and performance in
the same “objective” manner as financial accounting. Further, it is often argued that
auditing of social and environmental information is hampered because standards
of reporting have yet to be established and thus verification of reports cannot be
accomplished as it can in the auditing of financial statements (Pruzan, 1998).
Although generally accepted accounting and auditing standards have yet to be
developed for the measurement and reporting of corporate social impacts, neither
internal nor external reporting need be constrained. Economists for years have
employed various techniques for translating human values into monetary terms to
enable the evaluation of the performance of public and corporate social programs.
Techniques like willingness to pay and contingent valuation methods have been
used successfully in economics and can be used effectively in measuring social
and environmental impacts of corporate actions. Thus, companies should be
developing methods to improve internal reporting and decision making so as to
improve their understanding of the issues and improve long term profitability.
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 21

Further, government regulators (such as the SEC in the U.S.) establish regula-
tions for minimum disclosures required of all publicly held companies. They do not
specify maximum disclosures, so companies should disclose any information that
will aid shareholders and other stakeholders in better understanding the condition
and performance of the company and permit forecasts of future performance.
Numerous measures have been developed for use in social accounting (Epstein,
1996b; Epstein et al., 1997a; Epstein & Birchard, 1999; Peters, 1999; SVN,
1999). These often draw on existing social science measurement techniques
based on economics, psychology, and sociology (Freeman, 1993; Mishan, 1971).
Accounting researchers must be involved in developing these techniques further
and demonstrating how they may be applied to existing corporate evaluations
because neither managers nor academic researchers have made much progress
in the accounting or management of corporate social impacts over the last 25
years. They have not developed the techniques, reporting frameworks, or the
systems and structures necessary to drive this through organizations. And if
social accounting is going to provide relevance and reliability of information for
management decisions, both internal and external reporting as well as systems
for implementation of sustainability strategies must be improved.
Managers need to better understand the drivers of success in organizations,
but the traditional models of shareholder value do not sufficiently examine the
interests of non-financial stakeholders. Broader analyses that cut across internal
corporate functions, consider the interests of all stakeholders, and examine the
drivers of long-term organizational success, are required (see Epstein & Birchard,
1999; Epstein et al., 2000; Epstein & Roy, 2001). Improved measurement is
required. Improved internal and external reporting is necessary. Organizational
leadership that recognizes the importance of a broad sensitivity to long term
impacts and the systems necessary to implement these concerns in organizations
is also required. Better analysis of the value of organizational relationships and
the linkages between internal and external drivers of success is also needed. The
measurements and the drivers must be brought together as companies evaluate
both leading and lagging indicators of success.
Thus, in evaluating corporate social performance, both lagging indicators of
past performance and leading indicators of future performance related to the
systems and structures in place to reduce future negative impacts are needed. This
analysis is at the core of the work of Epstein and Roy (2001) described above.

Developing a Model for Implementing Social Accounting

As a response to the issues discussed in this paper, Epstein and Birchard (1999)
have developed a model to integrate the internal and external components required
22 MARC J. EPSTEIN

Fig. 3. The Accountability Cycle.

for implementation of social accounting for both internal decision making and
improved accountability in organizations. In Counting What Counts: Turning
Corporate Accountability to Competitive Advantage, Epstein and Birchard (1999)
provide a framework for accountability that includes four primary elements (see
Fig. 3):

(1) Improved corporate governance;


(2) Improved measurements that include operational and social measures of per-
formance along with a broadened set of financial metrics that include both
lagging and leading indicators;
(3) Improved reporting to a broad set of internal and external stakeholders of infor-
mation relevant to decisions. This begins with internal reporting to managers
and the selection of various voluntary disclosures to supplement the manda-
tory external disclosures that are currently the primary content of corporate
reports; and
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 23

(4) Improved management systems to drive these improvements through corpo-


rate culture and change the way managers make decisions to improve both
corporate accountability and corporate performance.

The book provides a framework for social accounting that integrates both internal
and external reporting. It links all of the necessary elements to operationalize
social accounting and provides, the mechanism to link social, environmental, and
ethical concerns to financial performance. It provides a model for the integration
of social concerns into day-to-day management decisions and does so in a format
that examines the relevance of social issues to overall corporate performance.
A new measure of corporate performance that supplements the lagging indi-
cators that accountants have traditionally used with leading indicators is needed.
This should include a broad recognition of those who have a stake in the equity
of enterprises and the long term social impacts of company’s products, services,
and processes, so as to provide a comprehensive portfolio of a company’s social
and financial performance. Recognized stakeholders should include employees,
customers, suppliers, and the community, in addition to financial stakeholders. By
including these impacts in the measurement and reporting of an integrated measure
of corporate performance and including the information in both internal and
external reports and decisions, both corporate accountability and internal decisions
related to the improvements of overall stakeholder value can be improved.

The Next Step – Current Needs

In part, the failure of social accounting is due to the lack of an integrated model for
both internal and external reporting and for the identification and measurement of a
broader set of impacts and corporate performance. The model proposed by Epstein
and Birchard is an attempt to rectify that failure and provide a broader concept and
definition of the actions that lead to corporate accountability. They argue that the
internal reporting and external disclosures must be part of an integrated system that
includes governance, measurement, reporting, and management control systems.
Studies summarized in this paper have described the state of the art and best
practices in the measurement and reporting of sustainability in both corporate
practice and academic research. Both academics and corporations have further
developed frameworks and techniques that can be uses to implement sustainability
in order to reduce both corporate social impacts and improve accountability. How-
ever, there remains much work to be done by managers, who must institutionalize
the concern for sustainability and implement the structures and systems necessary
to support it. These must include improved measurement and integration into
24 MARC J. EPSTEIN

day-to-day management decisions, including operating and capital decisions and


performance evaluations.
There is also substantial room for significant research contributions to both
the theory and practice of corporate social accounting. Some of the current
needs are:
(1) Develop new techniques (and apply existing ones) for measuring social and
environmental impacts;
(2) Examine international differences in the state of the art and best practices in
management of social and environmental impacts. Determine the causes for
those differences and ways to improve corporate social and environmental
performance;
(3) Examine alternative frameworks for external reporting in corporate annual re-
ports and sustainability and environmental reports. Determine the most useful
measurement and reporting format for various external stakeholders;
(4) Develop field research projects that test the success of various systems to
identify, measure, monitor, report, and manage social and environmental
impacts and determine the variables that drive success. Are these systems
more successful in firms that are small/large, centralized/decentralized,
global/locally adaptive, have high/low impacts, etc.?
(5) Determine whether changing the information provided to managers is
sufficient to change their decisions or whether it is necessary to change their
decision-making models in order to facilitate the consideration of social and
environmental impacts. Must the management of these impacts be a part of
the performance evaluation and incentive systems in organizations in order
to bring them into managerial decisions?
(6) Develop, refine, and apply models and techniques for the implementation of
social accounting and sustainability strategies and the management of social
and environmental impacts in organizations. Are the accounting and control
systems different for managing these impacts?
(7) Test the effectiveness of models such as the Epstein-Roy sustainability drivers
model to both describe drivers of sustainability and financial performance to
improve managerial decisions;
(8) Examine the relationships of stock price and cost of capital to corporate social
and environmental liabilities and performance.
Through projects like these, accounting researchers can aid in the integration
of social and environmental impacts into management decision-making and the
implementation of corporate sustainability strategies. This can result in high
quality academic research, improved management decisions, improved corporate
profits and reduced social and environmental impacts.
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 25

Now, as in the 1970s, many CEOs are describing their profound interest in
providing greater benefits to the community. As aforementioned, too often this has
been either empty promises or an inability to deliver on the commitment. This is
due to a lack of institutionalization and integration into day-to-day management
decisions. If current activities are intended to be more than external reporting for
public relations purposes, then they must be part of a comprehensive sustainability
strategy that is driven through the organization.
Having committed themselves to sustainability, many large companies and
accounting researchers must now figure out how to use management accounting
and control systems to implement the necessary changes. The development of
social accounting may prove to be an excellent example of the importance of
integration of governance, measurement, reporting, and systems and the critical
importance of implementation and institutionalization in attempts to change
organizational cultures, systems, and decisions. With reliance solely on external
disclosures without internal integration, the social accounting of the 1970s
was destined to fail. Likewise, without the institutionalization of governance,
measurement, and reporting systems, current changes will not last.
There is a significant amount of activity to develop various standards and
improve indicators to identify, measure, monitor, and report social and environ-
mental impacts to external stakeholders and to improve corporate accountability.
This, however, is similar to the pattern of development in the 1970s, which did
not lead to long-term success or the institutionalization of social accounting
within industry or academia. As suggested earlier, an integration of the reporting
to both internal and external stakeholders is required. Additionally, the linking
of this reporting to a broader model of implementation that includes a broadened
set of measures, improved corporate governance, and the uses of management
systems to drive this through organizations is necessary (Epstein & Birchard,
1999). Academic researchers can provide the frameworks and tools necessary to
ensure that the academic and managerial developments of social accounting have
more longevity and substance than those in the past.

NOTES
1. Despite more than twenty-five years of development in the field, terminology still lacks
standardization. Social audit, social accounting and accountability, social responsibility
reporting, social and sustainability performance measurement, and sustainability reporting
are all terms used to describe the measurement and reporting of an organization’s social, en-
vironmental, and economic impacts, as well as society’s impacts on that organization,
including both positive and negative impacts. Corporate citizenship, social responsibility,
accountability, stakeholder responsiveness, and sustainable development are all terms
26 MARC J. EPSTEIN

used to represent the ways in which corporations, internal and external stakeholders,
and society interact.
2. In some cases the reports were descriptive and some quantitative. Measurements were
sometimes in physical and other quantitative measures and some were monetized.
3. The study reviewed the internal and external documents of over 100 companies and
conducted visits and interviews at 35.
4. For examples, see Lessem (1977) and Dierkes and Preston (1977).

REFERENCES
American Accounting Association (1975). Report of the Committee on Social Costs. The Accounting
Review Supplement.
American Accounting Association (1976). Report of the Committee on Accounting for Social
Performance. The Accounting Review Supplement.
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (1977). The measurement of corporate social
performance. New York: AICPA.
Aspen Institute (1998). Uncovering value: Integrating environmental and financial performance.
New York: Aspen Institute.
Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA) (2001). U.K. environmental reporting awards
2000 report of the judges. London, UK: ACCA.
Bauer, R. A., & Fenn, D. H., Jr. (1972). The corporate social audit. New York: Sage.
Bennett, M., & James, P. (1998a). Environment under the spotlight: Current practice and future trends in
environment related performance measurement for business. London: Association of Chartered
Certified Accountants.
Bennett, M., & James, P. (1998b). The green bottom line: Environmental accounting for management-
current practice and future trends. Sheffield, England: Greenleaf Publishing.
Bennett, M., & James, P. (1999). Sustainable measures: Evaluation and reporting of environmental
and social performance. Sheffield, England: Greenleaf Publishing.
Berry, M., & Rondinelli, D. (1998). Proactive corporate environmental management: A new industrial
revolution. Academy of Management Executive, 12(2), 38–53.
Blumberg, J., Korsvold, A., & Blum, G. (1997). Environmental performance and shareholder value.
Geneva: WBCSD.
Boyer, P. (1984). From activism to apathy. Journal of American History, 70(4), 821–844.
Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (1993). Environmental costs and liabilities: Accounting
and financial reporting issues. The Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.
Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (1994). Reporting on environmental performance. The
Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.
Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (1997). Full cost accounting from an environmental
perspective. The Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.
Caplan, E. H., & Landekich, S. (1974). Human resource accounting: Past, present and future. New York:
National Association of Accountants.
Corson, J. J., & Steiner, G. A. (1974). Measuring business’s social performance: The corporate social
audit. The Committee for Economic Development.
Datar, S., Epstein, M. J., & White, K. (1997). Bristol-Myers Squibb: The matrix essentials product life
cycle review. Stanford Business School Case #F-254.
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 27

Dierkes, M., & Bauer, R. A. (1973). Corporate social accounting. New York: Praeger.
Dierkes, M., & Preston, L. E. (1977). Corporate and social accounting for the physical environment
– a critical review and implementation proposal. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 2(1),
3–22.
Ditz, D., Ranganathan, J., & Banks, R. D. (1995). Green ledgers: Case studies in corporate environ-
mental accounting. World Resources Institute.
Doane, D. (2000). Corporate spin: The troubled teenage years of social reporting. London, UK:
New Economics Foundation.
Dunlap, R., & Catton, W. (1979). Environmental sociology. Annual Review of Sociology, 5, 243–273.
Elkington, J. (1998). Cannibals with forks: The triple bottom line of the 21st century business. Gabriola
Island, British Columbia: New Society Publishers.
Epstein, M. J. (1996a). Accounting for product take-back. Management Accounting (August), 29–33.
Epstein, M. J. (1996b). Measuring corporate environmental performance: Best practices for costing and
managing an effective environmental strategy. Burr Ridge, IL: Irwin Professional Publishing.
Epstein, M. J., & Birchard, B. (1999). Counting what counts: Turning corporate accountability to
competitive advantage. Reading, MA: Perseus Books.
Epstein, M. J., Epstein, J. B., & Weiss, E. J. (1977a). Introduction to social accounting. California:
Western Consulting Group.
Epstein, M. J., Flamholtz, E., & McDonough, J. J. (1976). Corporate social accounting in the United
States of America: State of the art and future prospects. Accounting, Organizations and Society,
1(1), 23–42.
Epstein, M. J., Flamholtz, E., & McDonough, J. J. (1977b). Corporate social performance: The
measurement of product and service contributions. New York: National Association of
Accountants.
Epstein, M. J., & Freedman, M. (1994). Social disclosure and the individual investor. Accounting,
Auditing, and Accountability Journal, 7(4).
Epstein, M. J., Kumar, P., & Westbrook, R. A. (2000). The drivers of customer and corporate profitabil-
ity: Modeling, measuring, and managing the causal relationships. Advances in Management
Accounting, 9.
Epstein, M. J., & Roy, M.-J. (1997). Integrating environmental impacts into capital investment decisions.
Greener Management International: The Journal of Corporate Environmental Strategy and
Practice (Spring).
Epstein, M. J., & Roy, M.-J. (2001). Sustainability in action: Identifying and measuring the key
performance drivers. Long Range Planning, 34.
Epstein, M. J., & Wisner, P. S. (2001a). Linking management control systems to environmental
performance: Evidence from Mexico. Working Paper. Houston, TX: Rice University.
Epstein, M. J., & Wisner, P. S. (2001b). Using a balanced scorecard to implement sustainability.
Environmental Quality Management (Winter).
Epstein, M. J., & Young, S. D. (1999). Greening with EVA. Management Accounting (January),
45–49.
Estes, R. W. (1973). Accounting and society. Wiley.
Estes, R. W. (1976). Corporate social accounting. New York: Wiley-Interscience.
Estes, R. W. (1996). Tyranny of the bottom line: Why corporations make good people do bad things.
San Francisco: Berrett-Koehler Publishers.
Freeman, A. M. (1993). The measurement of environmental and resource values: Theory and methods.
Washington, DC: Resources for the Future.
Freudenberg, W. (1986). Social impact assessment. Annual Review of Sociology, 12, 451–478.
28 MARC J. EPSTEIN

Gray, R. (2001). Thirty years of social accounting, reporting and auditing: What (if anything) have
we learnt? Business Ethics: A European Review, 10(1), 9–15.
Gray, R., Bebbington, J., & Walters, D. (1993). Accounting for the environment. R. H. Gray & The
Certified Accountants Educational Projects.
Gray, R., Owen, D., & Maunders, K. (1987). Corporate social reporting: Accounting and account-
ability. Prentice-Hall.
Gröjer, J. E., & Stark, A. (1977). Social accounting: A Swedish attempt. Accounting, Organizations
and Society, 2(4), 349–386.
Ilinitch, A. Y., Soderstrom, N. S., & Thomas, T. (1998). Measuring corporate environmental
performance. Journal of Accounting and Public Policy, 17, 283–408.
Kolk, A. (1999). Evaluating corporate environmental reporting. Business Strategy and the Environment,
8, 225–237.
KPMG (1999). KPMG international survey of environmental reporting 1999. Netherlands.
Lessem, R. (1977). Corporate social reporting in action – an evaluation of British, European and
American practice. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 2(4), 279–294.
Linowes, D. F. (1972). Strategies for survival. New York: Amacom.
Linowes, D. F. (1974). The corporate conscience. New York: Hawthorn Books.
Margolis, J. D., & Walsh, J. P. (2001). People and profits: The search for a link between a company’s
social and financial performance. London: Lawrence Earlbaum.
Mathews, M. (1997). Twenty-five years of social and environmental accounting research. Accounting,
Auditing & Accountability Journal, 10(4), 481–531.
Mishan, E. J. (1971). Cost benefit analysis. London: George Allen & Unwin Ltd.
Neu, D., Warsame, H., & Pedwell, K. (1998). Managing public impressions: Environmental disclosures
in annual reports. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 23(3), 265–282.
Nikolai, L. A., Bazley, J. D., & Brummet, R. L. (1976). The measurement of corporate environmental
activity. National Association of Accountants.
Parker, L. D. (2000a). Green strategy costing: Early days. Australian Accounting Review, 10(1).
Parker, L. D. (2000b). Environmental costing: A path to implementation. Australian Accounting
Review, 10(3).
Pearce, J., Raynard, P., & Zadek, S. (1998). Social auditing for small organizations: A workbook for
trainers and practitioners. London: New Economics Foundation.
Peters, G. (1999). Waltzing with the raptors: A practical roadmap to protecting your company’s
reputation. Wiley.
Post, J., & Epstein, M. J. (1977). Information systems for social reporting. Academy of Management
Review (January).
Pruzan, P. (1998). From control to values based management and accountability. Journal of Business
Ethics, 17, 1379–1394.
Purser, R., Park, C., & Montouri, A. (1995). Limits to anthropocentrism: Toward an ecocentric
organization paradigm? Academy of Management Review, 20(4), 1053–1089.
Rockness, J. (1985). An assessment of the relationship between U.S. corporate environmental
performance and disclosure. Journal of Business Finance and Accounting (Autumn), 339–354.
Schaltegger, S., Muller, K., & Hindrichsen, H. (1996). Corporate environmental accounting.
Chichester, England: Wiley.
Schnietz, K., & Epstein, M. J. (2003). The crisis value of a reputation for corporate social re-
sponsibility: Evidence from the 1999 Seattle WTO meeting. Working Paper. Houston, TX:
Rice University.
Seidler, L. J., & Seidler, L. L. (1975). Social accounting theory issues and cases. Los Angeles: Melville.
The Identification, Measurement, and Reporting of Corporate Social Impacts 29

Shrivastava, P. (1995). Ecocentric management for a risk society. Academy of Management Review,
20(1), 118–137.
Simons, R. (1995). Levers of control: How managers use innovative control systems to drive strategic
renewal. Boston: Harvard Business School Press.
Social Venture Network (1999). Standards of corporate social responsibility. San Francisco: Social
Venture Network.
Society of Management Accountants of Canada (1995). Implementing corporate environmental
strategies. Management Accounting Guidelines No. 37. Hamilton, Ont.: The Society of
Management Accountants of Canada.
Society of Management Accountants of Canada (1996). Tools and techniques of environmental
accounting for business decisions. Management Accounting Guidelines No. 40. Hamilton,
Ont.: The Society of Management Accountants of Canada.
Society of Management Accountants of Canada (1998). Understanding and implementing ISO 14000.
Management Accounting Guidelines No. 45. Hamilton, Ont.: The Society of Management
Accountants of Canada.
SustainAbility (2000). The global reporters. London, England: SustainAbility.
Terleckyj, N. E. (1970, August). Measuring progress towards social goals: Some possibilities at
national and local levels. Management Science, 16(12), 765–778.
U.S. Department of H.E.W. (1970). Toward a social report. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.
Watts, P., & Holme, L. (1999). Meeting changing expectations: Corporate social responsibility. World
Business Council for Sustainable Development.
Wilson, I. (2000). The new rules of corporate conduct: Rewriting the social charter. Westport, CT:
Quorum Books.
Wisner, P., Epstein, M., & Bagozzi, R. (2002). Organizational antecedents and consequences of
environmental performance. Working Paper. Houston, TX: Rice University.
Wiseman, J. (1982). An evaluation of environmental disclosure made in corporate annual reports.
Accounting Organizations and Society, 7(1), 53–63.
Woodward, D. (1998, August). An Attempt at the classification of a quarter of a century of (non-critical)
corporate social reporting. Accounting and Business Society, 6(1), 19–67.
Zadek, S., & Chapman, J. (1998). Revealing the emperor’s clothes: How does social responsibility
count? London: New Economics Foundation.
Zadek, S., Pruzen, P., & Evans, R. (1997). Building corporate accountability: Emerging practices
in social and ethical accounting, auditing and reporting. London: Earthscan Publications
Limited.
LEGITIMACY AND THE INTERNET:
AN EXAMINATION OF CORPORATE
WEB PAGE ENVIRONMENTAL
DISCLOSURES

Dennis M. Patten and William Crampton

ABSTRACT
Internet usage has exploded over the past decade and the medium is now
being suggested as a potentially powerful tool for disclosing environmental
information and increasing corporate accountability. This study, grounded in
legitimacy theory, argues that such a view may be overly optimistic. Results
of an analysis of both annual report and corporate web page environmental
disclosures for a sample of 62 U.S. firms do indicate that corporate web pages
appear to be adding at least some additional, non-redundant environmental
information beyond what is provided in the annual reports. However, the
relative lack of negative environmental disclosure on the web pages, in
conjunction with the finding that differences in the level of positive/neutral
environmental disclosure are associated with legitimacy variables suggests
that the focus of Internet disclosure may be more on corporate attempts at
legitimation than on moving toward greater corporate accountability.

Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management


Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management, Volume 2, 31–57
Copyright © 2004 by Elsevier Ltd.
All rights of reproduction in any form reserved
ISSN: 1479-3598/doi:10.1016/S1479-3598(03)02002-8
31
32 DENNIS M. PATTEN AND WILLIAM CRAMPTON

INTRODUCTION
Internet usage has exploded over the past decade, and it appears that most major
corporations have taken advantage of the medium by creating company web pages
that provide information about their firms (see, e.g. Lymer, 1997; Wildstrom,
1997). Interestingly, the Internet is also being touted as a powerful tool for
corporate environmental communications with stakeholders (Jones et al., 1998,
1999), and even as a medium for increasing corporate social and environmental
accountability (SustainAbility/UNEP, 1999). This study suggests these views
may be overly optimistic.
Proponents of the legitimacy theory of disclosure (e.g. Deegan & Rankin, 1996;
Hackston & Milne, 1996; Lindblom, 1994; Patten, 1991, 1992, 2000) argue that
corporations use social and environmental disclosure as a tool for participating in,
and responding to, the public policy process. In support of this theory, numerous
studies (e.g. Adams et al., 1998; Deegan & Gordon, 1996; Hackston & Milne,
1996; Patten, 1991, 2002) have documented a significant relation between both
firm size and industry classification and the level of social and environmental
disclosure in financial reports. Further, other recent studies (Deegan & Rankin,
1996; Patten, 2000, 2002) provide evidence that corporations appear to use
positive or neutral environmental disclosures1 in their financial reports as a
means of offsetting or mitigating the impacts of negative environmental actions or
disclosures. In general, the proponents of legitimacy theory interpret these findings
as evidence that corporations use disclosure as a tool for seeking social legitimacy.
This study argues that, unfortunately, corporations may see the Internet as just
another tool for attempts at legitimation. Accordingly, the purpose of this study
is to identify how firm-specific environmental disclosure on corporate web pages
compares to disclosure in annual reports and whether the Internet is in fact being
used to further environmental communication with stakeholders. In addition, the
study seeks to identify whether web page environmental disclosure, like financial
report environmental disclosure, appears to be a function of corporate attempts at
legitimation.
This study examines the extent of environmental disclosure, both in annual
reports and on corporate web pages, for a sample of 62 U.S. firms (32 chemical
industry companies and 30 electrical equipment companies). The web pages were
examined in late 1998 and compared to the most recently available annual report
for each company (1997 annual reports for 55 companies and 1998 annual reports
for 7 companies). Content analysis using a coding scheme adapted from Wiseman
(1982) was utilized to identify the extent of environmental information provided.
Under this method, firms were awarded one point for each of up to 17 different
areas of positive or neutral environmental disclosure included in each medium. In
Legitimacy and the Internet 33

addition, one point was assigned for each of up to four different areas of negative
environmental disclosure in each medium for each of the sample firms.2 The
number of sentences devoted to environmental information in each medium was
also calculated.
Results of the analysis indicate significant differences in environmental dis-
closure across the two media examined. Sample companies, on average, included
significantly more negative environmental information in their annual reports
than on their web pages. This holds for both sentence counts and content analysis
scores. In contrast, the sample firms exhibited significantly more sentences of
positive/neutral environmental disclosure on their web pages than in their annual
reports. Interestingly, there was not a corresponding difference in positive/neutral
content analysis scores. The mean scores across media were nearly identical.
Analysis of differences in disclosure for the specific content items across
web pages and annual reports indicates that, in addition to the substantially
higher annual report disclosure of negative environmental information, significant
variation across a number of the positive/neutral disclosure items also exists.
Significantly more companies provided disclosures in annual reports than on
web pages for economic related environmental information and for discussion of
environmental regulations and requirements. In contrast, there was significantly
more web page disclosure of: (1) water discharge information; (2) natural
resource conservation; and (3) environmental audit activities. Further, comparison
across media within industry groups revealed additional variation. However, and
importantly, a comparison of total disclosure scores (intersecting the annual report
and web page disclosures) to annual report only scores indicates a statistically
significant increase in environmental disclosure. This suggests that Internet
disclosures are providing at least some additional, non-redundant environmental
information beyond the traditional annual report disclosures.
Multiple regression analysis was used to identify whether three legitimacy vari-
ables – firm size, industry classification, and the extent of negative environmental
disclosure – were associated with the level of positive/neutral environmental
disclosure in annual reports and on corporate web pages, respectively. Results for
all models indicate that all three of the legitimacy variables were positively and
significantly related to the extent of non-negative environmental disclosure. The
relations hold across both annual report and web page disclosures. Further, when
company specific acknowledgment of involvement in international environmental
programs (e.g. ISO Standard 14001) was controlled for, the legitimacy variables
continue to show significance.
In general, the results of this analysis document that U.S. companies are using
the Internet to disseminate environmental information. However, the comparative
lack of negative environmental disclosure, in conjunction with the significant
34 DENNIS M. PATTEN AND WILLIAM CRAMPTON

relation between the extent of positive/neutral disclosure and the legitimacy


variables, suggests that the focus of Internet disclosure, in general, may be more on
corporate attempts at legitimation than on moving toward greater corporate envi-
ronmental accountability. The next section of this paper develops the justification
for this study.

JUSTIFICATION FOR THE STUDY


Over the past several decades a substantial body of investigation related to
environmental disclosure in financial reports has been published.3 Among the
consistent findings in this research is that corporate environmental disclosure
tends to vary significantly across firms. This has been shown to hold for companies
in the United States (see Gamble et al., 1995; Patten, 1992, 2002), the United
Kingdom (see Gray et al., 1995), Australia (see Deegan & Gordon, 1996), New
Zealand (see Hackston & Milne, 1996), Western Europe (see Adams et al.,
1998), and the Asia-Pacific region (see Williams, 1999).
A number of different theories have been espoused as explanations for the
widespread variation in environmental (and other social) disclosure. Gray et al.
(1995, p. 52) suggest that, of these, the socio-political theories (political economy
theory, legitimacy theory, stakeholder theory) have resulted in the “most penetrat-
ing analyses” of corporate social disclosure. In general, these overlapping theories
argue that social disclosure is a function of social and/or political pressure, and
that firms facing greater social/political pressures will provide more extensive
social disclosures. This study more specifically adopts the legitimacy framework.
Proponents of legitimacy theory (e.g. Hackston & Milne, 1996; Lindblom, 1994;
Patten, 1991, 1992, 2002) argue that the need for legitimacy is a systematic factor
that influences the extent of corporate social information disclosure. According
to Dowling and Pfeffer (1975, p. 123), “organizations are legitimate to the extent
that their activities are congruent with the goals of the superordinate system.” And
indeed, according to these authors (1975, p. 127), one of the things an organization
can do to gain or maintain legitimacy is to “adapt its output, goals, and methods of
operation to conform to prevailing definitions of legitimacy.” However, Dowling
and Pfeffer (1975, p. 127) further note that organizations may also use commu-
nication to attempt to alter the definition of, or to project an image of, legitimacy.
Patten (1991, 1992) adds to the legitimacy framework by more specifically
arguing that, while economic legitimacy is monitored in the marketplace, social
legitimacy is addressed through the public policy process. In support of this,
Patten (1992, p. 472) cites Heard and Bolce (1981, p. 248) who note that “between
1965 and 1980 more than 100 pieces of legislation dealing with the social impact
Legitimacy and the Internet 35

of business were enacted in the United States.” Companies, particularly those


facing potentially larger impacts from public policy actions, therefore have an
incentive to participate in the public policy process.
Walden and Schwartz (1997, p. 127) argue that three inter-related non-market
environments can impact the public policy process and lead to greater pressures
against firms. The first of these, the cultural environment, is defined as consisting
of the values and attitudes of the general population. Second, Walden and Schwartz
identify the political environment as the source of new laws and regulations.
Finally, these authors suggest the legal environment exists as the arena for
implementation of regulations and requirements and the source of potential
sanctions. Thus, according to Walden and Schwartz (1997), public policy pressure
can be the result of dissatisfaction of the people (or subsets thereof), new or pro-
posed political action, and/or differences in regulatory oversight. Accordingly, as
summarized by Patten (1992, p. 472) “firms must adapt not only to the formal legal
environment, but also to the public policy process from which the issues emerge.”
Social disclosure, according to the tenets of legitimacy theory, is used by cor-
porations as one means of participating in, and responding to, the public policy
process. Lindblom (1994) (as cited by Gray et al., 1995, p. 54), for example,
suggests that a company may use social disclosure to: (1) educate and inform its
relevant publics about changes in the firm’s performance and activities; (2) seek
to change the perceptions of the relevant publics; (3) manipulate perception by
deflecting attention from the issue of concern by focusing on related (presum-
ably more positive) issues; or (4) seek to change the external perceptions of its
performance.
There is at least some evidence that corporations appear to use environmental
disclosure as a manipulative device to offset negative environmental performance
or actions.4 To illustrate, Deegan and Rankin (1996) examined the environmental
disclosures for a sample of 20 Australian companies that had been successfully
prosecuted for environmental violations. They report that only two of the
firms disclosed the existence of the offence, and more interestingly, that for
all companies in the sample, the amount of positive environmental disclosure
was significantly greater than the amount of negative disclosure. These results
are consistent with the findings of Patten (2002), who finds that the extent
of positive or neutral environmental disclosures for a sample of U.S. firms is
systematically higher for firms with higher levels of size-adjusted toxic releases
than for firms with lower releases. Both Deegan and Rankin (1996) and Patten
(2002) argue that the environmental disclosures are being used as a tool to offset
or mitigate the negative impact of actual environmental performance.
Finally, another recent study (Patten, 2000) suggests that companies disclosing
negative environmental information in their financial reports may attempt to offset
36 DENNIS M. PATTEN AND WILLIAM CRAMPTON

or deflect attention from those disclosures by including other, positive or neutral


environmental information as well. Patten (2000) identifies the change in the level
of disclosure about Superfund-related remediation liabilities from the mid-1980s
to the mid-1990s for a sample of 95 U.S. companies. He also identifies the change
in the provision of positive/neutral environmental information over this period.
Patten reports significant increases in the provision of both types of information.
Further, the study also shows that firm-specific increases in negative disclosure
were significantly correlated with firm-specific increases in the provision of
positive/neutral environmental information, a finding the author interprets as
evidence of attempts at legitimation by the affected companies.
While the results presented above do suggest that corporations appear to use
environmental disclosure as a legitimating device, it is important to note that,
within the legitimacy framework, the use of disclosure is not purely reactionary.
Because social legitimacy is addressed through the public policy process, it can be
expected that private businesses “will initiate and participate in, as well as respond
to the process of social decision making” (Preston & Post, 1975, p. 4). Social dis-
closure in this context “might be used to anticipate or avoid social pressure . . . [or]
to boost the corporation’s public standing” (Parker, 1986, p. 76). Companies
with greater potential impacts from the public policy process are assumed to
have a greater incentive to participate in the process through disclosure. As such,
variation in the extent of environmental disclosure across companies is argued to
be a function of differences in the exposure of the companies to the public policy
process.5
Previous studies (e.g. Adams et al., 1998; Cowen et al., 1987; Deegan & Gordon,
1996; Hackston & Milne, 1996; Patten, 2002) suggest that there are some sys-
tematic factors associated with greater potential public pressure relative to
environmental concerns. Larger firms, presumably due to visibility issues, are
subject to greater public and regulatory scrutiny than smaller companies. Similarly,
companies in industries that have a larger potential impact on the environment
are also deemed to be subject to greater pressures with respect to environmental
concerns than firms from less environmentally sensitive industries. These previous
studies also document a significant relation between both firm size and industry
classification and the extent of environmental disclosure in corporate financial
reports.
In summary, legitimacy research suggests that corporations systematically
use disclosure in financial reports as a legitimating communications device
to participate in, and thus reduce their exposure to, the public policy process.
This study attempts to extend this body of research by examining how a new
and potentially powerful communications device, the Internet, is being used by
corporations for environmental disclosure.
Legitimacy and the Internet 37

The Internet and Environmental Disclosure

As noted by Lymer (1997, p. 3), “the Internet is a global network of computers


that share a common transmission language to enable the sharing of data and
applications on a wide scale.” And although the medium was first developed in
the late 1960s, the Internet did not gain widespread use until relatively recently.
Indeed, its growth through the 1990s has been phenomenal. To illustrate, Lynch
(1997, p. 53) notes that as recently as early 1993 there were only approximately
130 web sites in existence. According to The Internet Index,6 by April of 1998
that number had grown to an estimated 320 million.
Given the exponential growth of the Internet, in conjunction with its ability to
reach an audience of millions, it is perhaps not surprising that the medium is being
suggested as a powerful tool for disseminating environmental information to
interested stakeholders (see, e.g. Jones et al., 1998, 1999; or SustainAbility/UNEP,
1999). As noted by Jones et al. (1999, p. 77), “the Internet, with its lack of
space restrictions, allows providers to make available a breadth and depth of
information.” More optimistically, SustainAbility/UNEP (1999, p. 18), it its 1999
Engaging Stakeholders program report, suggests:

The Internet will provide both new (increasingly ‘wireless’) channels for existing forms of cor-
porate accountability and help evolve new forms of accountability and corporate governance.
Imagine, for example, that a company’s stakeholders had access not only to online data on how it
was performing against key sustainability-related targets, but also to instantaneous benchmark
results, showing how it measures up against its competitors – and where areas of risk might be.

Unfortunately, the history of financial report environmental disclosure suggests


that corporations may see the Internet not as the powerful tool for stakeholder
accountability as envisioned by SustainAbility/UNEP, but rather as another device
for legitimacy-related communication. Indeed, initial surveys of web-based
environmental disclosure, while admittedly quite limited in scope, do not
suggest that the Internet is, as yet, a substantial medium for increased corporate
accountability. To illustrate, Jones et al.’s (1999) examination of 275 corporations
that had previously published hard copy environmental reports (the sample was
drawn from 21 countries across 21 different industries) found that “a total of
41% of the companies provided little or no environmental information on their
website” (1999, p. 77). Similarly, SustainAbility/UNEP (1999, p. 10) report that
only 83 of the 150 major international corporations examined for their survey
included an environmental report on the company web site. Further, both Jones
et al. (1999) and SustainAbility/UNEP (1999) suggest that even for those
companies providing environmental information on their web pages the extent of
disclosure varied substantially.
38 DENNIS M. PATTEN AND WILLIAM CRAMPTON

Unfortunately, neither of the above-noted surveys provides any detailed data


on the specific types of environmental information, by company, disclosed on the
web pages examined, and neither makes any comparison to concurrent levels of
company-specific environmental disclosure in financial reports. Indeed, to date,
there appear to be no academic studies that address these issues.7 Accordingly,
the first purpose of this study is to more specifically identify how firm specific
environmental disclosure on corporate web pages compares to disclosure in annual
reports and whether the Internet is in fact being used to further environmental
communication with stakeholders. Second, the study also seeks to identify
whether web page environmental disclosure, like financial report environmental
disclosure, appears to be a function of corporate attempts at legitimation.

RESEARCH METHOD

Sample

In order to be included in the sample for this study, firms had to:
(1) be listed as either a chemical industry firm or an electrical equipment industry
company in the 1997 Fortune listing of the 500 largest U.S. firms;
(2) provide a 1997 or 1998 annual report for review; and
(3) have an accessible corporate web page on the Internet.
The chemical and electrical equipment industries were chosen for analysis because
each had a relatively large number of companies (40 and 39, respectively). In ad-
dition, the chemical industry is one that is normally classified as being subject to
greater environmental public pressures while the electrical equipment industry is
not (see, e.g. Cowen et al., 1987; Patten, 1991, forthcoming).8 This allows for anal-
ysis of differences in disclosure due to environmental sensitivity (discussed below).
Four of the 79 companies in the combined industry groupings were eliminated
due to being taken over by another firm during 1998, being a wholly-owned
subsidiary of another firm, or because the firm divested its industry segment
during 1998. Each of the remaining 75 companies was contacted in the Fall of
1998 with a request for the firm’s most recent annual report. All but seven of
the companies responded, but four sent 10-K reports instead of annual reports.9
Finally, two firms were eliminated due to an inability to access their corporate
web pages.10 The resulting sample, therefore, consists of 62 companies with
32 from the chemical industry and 30 from the electrical equipment industry.
Fifty-five of the firms provided 1997 annual reports and seven sent 1998 reports.
Sample firm descriptive data are summarized in Table 1.
Legitimacy and the Internet 39

Table 1. Sample Firm Data.


Chemical Industry Electrical Equipment Industry

Firms included on Fortune 500 listing 40 39


Firms excluded due to
Divestiture/take-over/wholly-owned sub 2 2
No annual report received 5 6
No web page access 1 1
Final sample 32 30
Mean 1997 revenues (in $millions) $4,885 $7,364a
Median 1997 revenues (in $millions) $2,704 $2,105

Note: A listing of the sample firms is available from the authors upon written request.
a Difference in means is not significant (at p = 0.10, two-tailed).

Environmental Disclosure Measures

In order to determine the extent of environmental disclosure included on the corpo-


rate web pages, each of the sample companies’ Internet sites was accessed during
November of 1998 and analyzed for the provision of environmental information.
More specifically, each of two independent reviewers accessed each corporate
web page and identified all environment-related information disclosures. These
were identified by examining all links included through two levels from the home
page on each site.11 To the extent that links to deeper levels were indicated, these,
too, were followed. All environment-related disclosures were then printed out for
hard copy coding. All differences in disclosure across reviewers were discussed
and reconciled. Two important exclusions to web page disclosures were made.
First, because the study also separately examines annual report environmental
disclosures, on-line copies of the report, where available, were not included in the
web page analysis.12 Second, links to external press release disclosures were also
not followed.13
Similar to the web page analysis, each of the sample company annual reports
was examined for environmental disclosures by two independent reviewers. All
disclosures were identified, and differences across reviewers were discussed and
reconciled.
Two different variables were used in this study to measure the extent of envi-
ronmental disclosure in sample firms’ annual reports and web pages. First, content
analysis based on a coding scheme adapted from Wiseman (1982) was used.
Under this approach, the environmental disclosures identified through review of
the annual reports and the web pages were analyzed, and companies were awarded
40 DENNIS M. PATTEN AND WILLIAM CRAMPTON

a point for each of up to 21 different areas of environmental information provided


(see Table 4 for listing of the disclosure areas).14 These were divided into negative
disclosure (four items) and positive or neutral disclosure (17 items).15
Borrowing from Deegan and Rankin (1997, p. 581), negative disclosures are
defined as “disclosures that present the company as operating to the detriment
of the natural environment.” The disclosures related to remediation problems –
acknowledgment of exposures, specific disclosure as a Potentially Responsible
Party under Superfund statutes,16 and disclosures of accruals or expenses related
to remediation activities – would all appear to indicate that the company is
responsible for past negative environmental actions. Similarly, the disclosures
indicating exposures due to other, non-remediation environmental problems
also signals negative environmental actions. In contrast, positive disclosures are
those that “present the company as operating in harmony with the environment”
(Deegan & Rankin, 1997, p. 581). Mention of environmental awards won and
discussion of environmental attributes of products, for example, can clearly
be seen as presenting a positive environmental image. Finally, there are some
environmental disclosures which, in and of themselves, are neither positive or
negative in nature. For example, disclosures of capital expenditures for pollution
abatement or control and disclosures of emissions data can only take on positive
or negative qualities in relation to other comparative data.17
Separate content analysis scores, negative and positive/neutral, were determined
for the annual report and web page disclosures.18 Classifications were made inde-
pendently by the two reviewers and all differences across reviewers were discussed
and reconciled. It should be noted that while the web page disclosures are totally
voluntary, environmental litigation and remediation disclosures are mandatory in
the annual reports to the extent that probable liabilities exist.19 Finally, in addition
to the content analysis scores, the number of sentences devoted to environmental
information in each medium, broken down across negative and positive/neutral
classifications, was also used as a measure of disclosure extensiveness.20
The statistical significance of differences in the extent of environmental dis-
closure across media was determined through a t-test on the difference in mean
scores. A chi-square test was used to determine statistically significant differences
in the number of companies providing specific types of environmental information
(based on the coding scheme) across media.

Regression Analysis

The second major focus of this study was to identify whether corporate web
page environmental disclosures appear to be a function of corporate attempts at
Legitimacy and the Internet 41

legitimation. Accordingly, multiple regression analysis was used to test whether


differences in the extent of disclosure are associated with firm specific legitimacy
variables. As noted above, numerous studies have documented a significant
relation between both firm size and industry classification and the level of
financial report environmental disclosure. As such, each of these factors was
included in the present analysis. However, as noted by Patten (1991, p. 305), firm
size and industry classification are potentially noisy proxies for legitimacy-based
public policy pressure. Indeed, since size, and to a lesser extent industry, are
also factors that positive accounting theorists have used to test the political cost
hypothesis related to accounting method choice (for an overview, see Watts
& Zimmerman, 1986, pp. 222–243),21 it is not clear that the findings related
to relations with the level of environmental disclosure can unambiguously
be attributed to legitimacy concerns.22 Accordingly, this analysis attempts
to extend the legitimacy-based testing by including an additional legitimacy
variable.
As noted above, Patten (2000) documents a significant relation between
the change in Superfund-related disclosures for a sample of U.S. firms and
the concurrent change in their positive/neutral financial report environmental
disclosures. Although the results presented in Patten (2000) relate only to
changes in the level of environmental disclosure, they suggest that there may
be a legitimacy-based relation between the level of negative and positive/neutral
environmental information provided in reporting media. As such, it can be
conjectured that companies with higher levels of negative environmental dis-
closures in a given medium would be expected to attempt to offset or mitigate
these disclosures through the provision of more extensive positive or neutral
environmental information. Further, because current U.S. reporting standards
require certain disclosures on environmental contingencies to the extent they exist
(see, e.g. Siegel & Surma, 1992; Zuber & Berry, 1992) while web page disclosures
are entirely voluntary, examining for potential differences in the relation between
negative and positive/neutral environmental disclosure across media would appear
to provide an interesting extension of legitimacy-based research. As such, in
addition to firm size and industry classification, the level of negative environ-
mental disclosure in each reporting medium was also included as an explanatory
variable.
Ordinary least squares regression analysis was used in this study to examine
for the legitimacy relations. The regression model is stated as:

EDi = a 1 + B 1 Firm Sizei + B 2 Industryi + B 3 NegDisci


42 DENNIS M. PATTEN AND WILLIAM CRAMPTON

where
EDi = the positive/neutral environmental disclosure measure (either
content analysis score or sentence count) for firm i.
Firm Sizei = the natural log of firm i’s 1997 revenues (from the annual report).
Industryi = 1 if the firm is from the chemical industry and zero if it is from
the electrical equipment industry.
NegDisci = the negative disclosure measure (either content analysis score or
sentence count) for firm i.
Separate regressions were run using: (1) annual report positive/neutral content
analysis scores; (2) annual report positive/neutral sentence counts; (3) web page
positive/neutral content analysis scores; and (4) web page positive/neutral sentence
counts as the dependent variable.23 All three independent variables are expected
to be positively related to the dependent variable.

RESULTS
Comparisons Across Media

Results of the analysis of the extent of disclosure are presented in Table 2. The table
reports comparisons for the total sample, and separately by industry. Consistent
with firms in previous studies of environmental disclosure, the sample companies
in this examination exhibited a wide range of disclosure. This is true for both
the annual reports and the web pages. The number of annual report sentences of
negative environmental disclosure varied from zero to 56 with a mean of 15.37. The
web page negative disclosure sentences ranged from zero to 44 with a mean of 1.42.
This difference in the mean number of sentences is statistically significant (at p =
0.000, two-tailed). In contrast, the web pages, on average, had significantly more
sentences of positive/neutral environmental disclosure than the annual reports. The
mean positive/neutral environmental disclosure sentence count on the web pages
was 70.90 (based on a range from zero to 430) in comparison to the annual report
average sentence count of 9.63 (range of zero to 60). This difference is statistically
significant at the p = 0.000 level, two-tailed.
Similar to the results for the sentence counts, the content analysis scores for
negative disclosures in the annual reports, on average, were higher than the mean
content scores for negative environmental disclosure on the web pages. The
mean annual report negative environmental disclosure content score was 1.82 in
comparison to a mean of 0.35 for the web pages. This difference is statistically
significant (at p = 0.000, two-tailed). Interestingly, however, while the sample
Legitimacy and the Internet 43

Table 2. Mean Environmental Disclosures. Comparison of Mean


Environmental Disclosure Sentence Counts and Content Analysis Scores in
Sample Companies’ Annual Reports and Corporate Web Pages.
Annual Report Web Page t-Stata Sig. Levelb

Negative sentences
Total sample 15.37 1.42 6.166 0.000
Chemical 25.13 0.75 7.913 0.000
Elect. equip. 4.97 2.13 1.387 0.171
Positive/neutral sentences
Total sample 9.63 70.90 −4.067 0.000
Chemical 15.59 83.56 −3.286 0.002
Elect. equip. 3.27 57.37 −2.458 0.017
Negative content scores
Total sample 1.82 0.35 6.742 0.000
Chemical 2.66 0.41 8.414 0.000
Elect. equip. 0.93 0.30 2.369 0.021
Positive/neutral content scores
Total sample 3.63 3.73 −0.135 0.893
Chemical 5.28 4.69 0.598 0.552
Elect. equip. 1.87 2.70 −0.910 0.367
a The t-stat is for the t-test on the difference in means.
b All significance levels are two-tailed.

companies had a significantly higher number of sentences of positive/neutral


environmental disclosure on their web pages in comparison to their annual
reports, there is not a corresponding difference in content analysis scores. The
average positive/neutral content analysis scores are nearly identical across media,
with a mean score of 3.63 for the annual reports and 3.73 for the web pages. This
difference is not statistically significant.
With the exception that there was no significant difference in negative sentence
counts across annual reports and web pages for the electrical equipment firms,
the results by industry mirror the overall sample results.
As noted in Table 3, there is a statistically significant (at p < 0.05, two-tailed)
correlation between the annual reports and the web pages for both the sentence
count and the content analysis scores for positive/neutral environmental disclo-
sures. There is also a positive correlation between the annual report and web
page negative disclosure measures. However, the correlation for the negative
content analysis scores is significant at only the p = 0.099 level (two-tailed),
while the correlation between the two negative disclosure sentence counts is
not statistically significant. In general these results suggest that companies
44
Table 3. Pearson Product-Moment Correlations.
LogRev 1.000 −0.040 0.302* 0.440** 0.324** 0.245 0.458** 0.490** 0.376** 0.512**
Industry 1.000 0.621** 0.054 0.605** −0.117 0.494** 0.225 0.459** 0.112

DENNIS M. PATTEN AND WILLIAM CRAMPTON


AR neg. scores 1.000 0.211 0.741** 0.145 0.641** 0.229 0.568** 0.235
Web neg. scores 1.000 0.361** 0.743** 0.314* 0.670** 0.156 0.786**
AR neg. sent. 1.000 0.166 0.689** 0.438** 0.609** 0.418**
Web neg. sent. 1.000 0.119 0.510** −0.001 0.617**
AR pos/neu scores 1.000 0.438** 0.740** 0.435**
Web pos/neu/scores 1.000 0.336** 0.845**
AR pos/neu sent. 1.000 0.283*
Web Pos/Neu sent. 1.000
∗ Indicates significance at 0.05 level, two-tailed.
∗∗ indicates significance at 0.01 level, two-tailed.
Legitimacy and the Internet 45

including higher (lower) levels of environmental disclosure in their annual reports


also tend to include higher (lower) levels of environmental disclosure on their
web pages.24
Table 4 reports the number of sample companies providing disclosures, by spe-
cific content area, in annual reports and on web pages, respectively. As noted in
the table, there are a number of areas where disclosure across media varies. First,
significantly more companies included disclosure of the three remediation-related
negative items in their annual reports than on their web pages. The finding that
these negative disclosure items are more prevalent in the annual reports is not
surprising in that such disclosures are required there while they are completely
voluntary for the web pages. There was also significantly higher annual report
disclosure for all four of the economic disclosure areas, and for discussion of envi-
ronmental regulations or requirements. It should be noted, however, that for these
disclosure areas the difference across media is significant for only the chemical
industry firms. Finally, while there is not a statistically significant difference for the
overall sample, significantly more chemical firms disclosed information related to
compliance status in their annual reports than on their web pages.
In contrast to the above results, there were some disclosure areas for which
significantly more companies made web page disclosures (relative to the annual
reports). These include: (1) water discharge information; (2) discussion of natural
resource conservation; and (3) discussion of environmental audit activities.
However, while the water discharge disclosure difference holds across both the
chemical and electrical equipment firms, the discussion of natural resource con-
servation disclosures are significantly different for only the electrical equipment
company sample. Interestingly, while the overall sample difference for disclosures
on environmental audit activities is significant, neither within industry difference
is statistically significant. Finally, significantly more electrical equipment com-
panies provided disclosures about recycling and about air emissions on their web
pages than in their annual reports.
The results presented in Table 4 suggest that there are indeed differences in
the type of environmental information companies are choosing to disclose on
their web pages relative to their annual reports. In order to examine whether
the web page disclosures are leading to an overall increase in available environ-
mental information, therefore, total disclosure content scores (the intersection
of disclosure areas included in annual reports with disclosure areas included on
the web pages) for each company were compared with annual report disclosure
scores only. As presented in Table 5, the mean total disclosure score for the
sample firms is 7.68 in comparison to the mean annual report score of 5.45. This
difference is significant at the 0.018 level, two-tailed. Further, comparison of
the positive/neutral disclosures only shows a total mean content score of 5.73 in
46 DENNIS M. PATTEN AND WILLIAM CRAMPTON

Table 4. Number of Sample Companies Making Disclosure by Area and Media.


AR Web ␹2

Positive/neutral disclosures
Economic
Current or past capital expenditures for pollution 25 9 10.373∗∗ (C−0.05)
abatement or control
Current or past operating costs for pollution 19 6 8.467∗∗ (C−0.01)
abatement or control
Projection of future expenditures for pollution 16 0 18.370# (C−0.001)
abatement or control
Projection of future operating costs for pollution 10 0 10.877# (C−0.01)
abatement or control
Pollution abatement
Air emission information is provided 10 19 3.645 (EE−0.05)
Water discharge information is provided 3 14 8.247∗∗ (C−0.05, EE−0.05)
Solid waste disposal information is provided 3 9 3.321
Pollution control or abatement facilities or 11 18 2.204
processes are discussed
Compliance status is mentioned or discussed 23 14 3.120 (C−0.05)
Other disclosures
Discussion or mention of environmental 25 12 6.509∗∗ (C−0.05)
regulations or requirements
Statement of environmental policies or company 31 38 1.600
concern for the environment
Conservation of natural resources discussed 5 13 4.158∗ (EE−0.05)
Mention or discussion of environmental awards 10 18 2.951
Recycling information provided 3 9 3.321 (EE−0.05)
Disclosure of an office or department for 6 10 1.148
environmental control
Discussion of environmental attributes of products 19 24 0.889
Discussion of environmental audit activities 8 17 4.058∗
Negative environmental disclosures
Discussion of exposures due to past or present 39 7 35.388# (C−0.001, EE−0.05)
remediation problems
Specific disclosure that the company has been 33 6 27.268# (C−0.001)
named as a potentially responsible party
Disclosure of monetary accruals and/or expenses 32 4 30.687# (C−0.001, EE−0.001)
incurred for remediation
Discussion of exposures due to other, 9 5 1.288
non-remediation-related environmental
problems
Note: Chi-square tests for the significance in the difference of the number of firms making individual category
disclosures in annual reports as opposed to web pages. Significance at the 0.05 level (two-tailed) is designated
with an ∗ , significance at the 0.01 level (two-tailed) is designated with an ∗∗ , and significance at the 0.001 level
(two-tailed) is designated with an # . Where there is a statistically significant difference in the number of firms
making disclosures within industry groupings, the industry (C = chemical, EE = electrical equipment) and
significance level are noted in parentheses.
Legitimacy and the Internet 47

Table 5. Comparison of Total Disclosure Content Scores to Annual Report


Only Scores.
Total Disclosure Annual Report t-Stata Sig. Levelb
Content Scores Content Scores

Negative and positive/neutral disclosure


Total sample 7.68 5.45 2.407 0.018
Chemical 10.16 7.94 1.907 0.061
Elect. equip. 4.80 2.80 1.871 0.066
Positive/neutral disclosure only
Total sample 5.73 3.63 2.804 0.006
Chemical 7.63 5.28 2.300 0.025
Elect. equip. 3.70 1.83 2.136 0.037

Note: Total disclosure scores represent the intersection of the annual report disclosure areas with the
web page disclosure areas.
a The t-stat is for the t-test on the difference in means.
b All significance levels are two-tailed.

comparison to the annual report only score of 3.63. This difference is significant
at the p = 0.006 level, two-tailed. Results, by industry, also presented in Table 5,
again mirror the total sample results, although the significance levels are not quite
as high. Thus, it appears that web page disclosures are providing at least some
new, non-redundant environmental information (relative to the annual report
disclosures).

Legitimacy Tests

The second purpose of this study was to identify whether differences in web page
environmental disclosure are associated with legitimacy variables. The study
also extends existing research by examining whether, in addition to firm size and
industry classification, the presence of higher levels of negative environmental
information is associated with the provision of higher levels of positive/neutral
environmental disclosure, and whether these relations differ across media.
Pearson product-moment correlations are presented in Table 3. With the
exception that industry classification is not significantly correlated with web page
measures of environmental disclosure, univariate relations between each of the
independent variables and its dependent counterpart are statistically significant.
It also must be noted that there is a statistically significant correlation between
firm size and three of the four measures of negative environmental disclosure.
48 DENNIS M. PATTEN AND WILLIAM CRAMPTON

Table 6. Regression Results for Tests of the Relation Between the Legitimacy
Variables and the Annual Report Non-Negative Environmental Disclosure
Measures.
Variable Parameter Estimate t-Stat Significance of t-Stat

Panel A – Annual report positive/neutral content scores as dependent variable


Constant −27.998 −3.602 0.001
Firm size 3.055 3.688 0.001
Industry 2.017 2.433 0.009
NegDisc 0.870 2.776 0.004
Adj. r2 = 0.510 F-stat = 22.205 Significance of F-stat = 0.0000
Panel B – Annual report positive/neutral sentence count as dependent variable
Constant −79.708 −2.355 0.022
Firm size 8.565 2.393 0.010
Industry 6.295 1.782 0.040
NegDisc 0.310 2.758 0.004
Adj. r2 = 0.410 F-stat = 15.155 Significance of F-stat = 0.000

Note: The regression model is stated as:

EDi = a 1 + B 1 Firm Sizei + B 2 Industryi + B 3 NegDisci

where EDi is the environmental disclosure variable as noted in each panel for firm i, Firm Sizei
is the natural log of 1997 revenues for firm i, Industryi is a one/zero classification variable where
1 indicates firms from the chemical industry, and NegDisci is the negative disclosure measure
for company i. The sample size is 62 for all regressions.
Significance levels are one-tailed for the Firm Size, Industry, and NegDisc variables.

However, tests recommended by Kmenta (1971, pp. 389–390) suggest that


multicollinearity is not a problem.
The results of the regression analysis for the annual report disclosures are pre-
sented in Table 6. Panel A reports the results using content analysis scores, while
Panel B reports the results using sentence counts. Each of the regression models,
based on the model F-statistic, is highly significant (p = 0.000, two-tailed)
and, in each case, the amount of variation in the dependent variable explained
is quite high. The adjusted R2 measures are 0.510 and 0.410 for the content
analysis and sentence count models, respectively. As hypothesized, all three of
the public policy pressure variables – firm size, industry classification, and level
of negative disclosure – are positively associated with the level of positive/neutral
environmental disclosure in the annual reports. All three measures are statistically
significant (at p < 0.05 or better, one-tailed) in each model.
The results of the regression analysis examining web page content analysis
scores (Panel A) and sentence counts (Panel B) are presented in Table 7. Similar
Legitimacy and the Internet 49

Table 7. Regression Results for Tests of the Relation Between the Legitimacy
Variables and the Corporate Web Page Non-Negative Environmental
Disclosure Measures.
Variable Parameter Estimate t-Stat Significance of t-Stat

Panel A – Web page positive/neutral content scores as dependent variable


Constant −24.495 −2.413 0.019
Firm size 2.783 2.596 0.006
Industry 1.819 2.296 0.013
NegDisc 2.447 5.469 0.000
Adj. r2 = 0.514 F-stat = 22.547 Significance of F-stat = 0.000
Panel B – Web page positive/neutral sentence count as dependent variable
Constant −1010.1 −4.144 0.000
Firm size 109.8 4.277 0.000
Industry 44.7 2.171 0.017
NegDisc 10.8 6.004 0.000
Adj. r2 = 0.533 F-stat = 24.178 Significance of F-stat = 0.000

Note: The regression model is stated as:

EDi = a 1 + B 1 Firm Sizei + B 2 Industryi + B 3 NegDisci

where EDi is the environmental disclosure variable as noted in each panel for firm i, Firm Sizei
is the natural log of 1997 revenues for firm i, Industryi is a one/zero classification variable where
1 indicates firms from the chemical industry, and NegDisci is the negative disclosure measure
for company i. The sample size is 62 for all regressions.
Significance levels are one-tailed for the Firm Size, Industry, and NegDisc variables.

to the results for the annual report disclosures both models are highly significant
and both models have high adjusted R2 values (0.514 for the content analysis
score model and 0.533 for the sentence count model). Also consistent with the
results of the annual report analysis, all three legitimacy variables are positively
associated with the level of positive/neutral environmental disclosure and all are
statistically significant (at p < 0.02 or better, one-tailed).
Overall the results indicate that, in general, and across both media, larger
firms tend to provide more positive/neutral environmental disclosure than smaller
firms, companies in the environmentally sensitive chemical industry tend to
disclose more positive or neutral environmental information than firms in the less
environmentally sensitive electrical equipment industry, and firms with higher
levels of negative environmental disclosure in a given medium tend to provide
higher levels of positive/neutral environmental disclosure in that medium than
firms with lower levels of negative disclosure. These results are consistent with
50 DENNIS M. PATTEN AND WILLIAM CRAMPTON

legitimacy theory arguments that companies use environmental disclosure as a


means of attempting to reduce public policy pressures.

Further Analysis

The finding that the level of non-negative environmental disclosure is related to the
public policy pressure variables is consistent with legitimacy theory arguments.
However, it is possible that the higher disclosure levels are due to differences in
company responses to calls for greater environmental disclosure by corporations
world-wide. For example, the International Standards Organization’s ISO 14001
Standard, the Global Reporting Initiative, the Public Environmental Reporting
Initiative, and the Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies, are
all examples of programs developed largely in the 1990s that encourage greater
corporate environmental disclosure. Companies involved in these programs might
be expected to exhibit higher levels of environmental disclosure.25 A review of
the annual reports and corporate web pages indicated that nine of the 62 sample
firms acknowledged involvement in at least one of the above-listed programs. To
assure that the results reported above are not being driven by this involvement
two additional tests were conducted. First, all regressions were re-run including
a one/zero indicator variable (ISO), where a one identified the nine companies

Table 8. Regression Results Controlling for Sample Company Involvement in


International Environmental Programs.
Variable Annual Reports Web Pages
Sentences Content Scores Sentences Content Scores

Panel A – Significance levels from regression models including a one/zero indicator variable to
designate companies with acknowledgment of involvement in international environmental programs
(ISO). Sample size = 62
Firm size 0.040 0.002 0.001 0.029
Industry 0.033 0.009 0.023 0.012
NegDisc 0.007 0.005 0.000 0.000
ISO 0.061 0.135 0.076 0.007
Panel B – Significance levels from regression models excluding companies with acknowledgment of
involvement in international programs. Sample size = 53
Firm size 0.094 0.008 0.021 0.042
Industry 0.053 0.067 0.152 0.019
NegDisc 0.023 0.009 0.000 0.000

Note: Significance levels are one-tailed.


Legitimacy and the Internet 51

with acknowledgment of involvement in the environmental programs. Second,


the regressions were re-run deleting these nine firms from the sample.
The results of the regression analyses controlling for involvement in the
international environmental programs are summarized in Table 8 (Panel A). The
ISO variable is positively related to all four disclosure measures and is statistically
significant (at the p < 0.10 level or better, one-tailed) for all but the annual report
content analysis score model. Importantly, all three of the legitimacy variables
retain their significance (at p < 0.05 or better, one-tailed) in all four models.
Similarly, the results of the regressions where the ISO companies are excluded,
summarized in Table 8, Panel B, also continue to show support for the legitimacy
theory arguments. With the exception that the industry classification variable
is not statistically significant in the web page sentence count model, all of the
legitimacy variables continue to be significantly related (at p < 0.10 or better,
one-tailed) to the level of positive/neutral environmental disclosure for all of the
models. In general therefore, the results of these further analyses suggest that
while involvement in the international environmental programs does appear to
influence the level of environmental disclosure, the legitimacy variables continue
to be significant explanators of differences in the extent of disclosure.26

DISCUSSION
The first major objective of this analysis was to identify how environmental disclo-
sure on corporate web pages compared to similar disclosure in annual reports. The
finding that the sample companies, on average, devoted significantly more space to
environmental issues on their web pages than in their annual reports is certainly not
surprising in that the cost of additional space on web pages is substantially lower
than the cost of additional space in annual reports. However, the concurrent finding
that the increased space does not correspond to similar increases in the content of
disclosure is interesting. Further, the significantly lower level of negative environ-
mental information on the web pages suggests that the emphasis of the web page
disclosure is more public relations than full environmental disclosure. Of course, it
is possible that company management assumes stakeholders interested in litigation
and remediation disclosures will seek them out in the annual reports given current
U.S. reporting standards on environmental contingencies.27 However, it must be
noted that there were numerous instances where companies chose to include more
positive aspects of environmental disclosure in both their annual reports and their
web pages. More detailed analysis of this issue would appear to be warranted.
The second major goal of the current study was to identify whether web
page environmental disclosure, like financial report environmental disclosure,
52 DENNIS M. PATTEN AND WILLIAM CRAMPTON

appears to be a function of corporate attempts at legitimation. Further, the study


extended legitimacy-based research by examining whether the extent of negative
environmental disclosure, in addition to firm size and industry classification, is
associated with the level of positive/neutral environmental disclosure on corporate
web pages as well as in annual reports. Results of multiple regression analysis
indicate that all three of the legitimacy variables are significantly related to the
level of positive/neutral environmental disclosure in both media. The results
were also shown to hold when acknowledgment of company involvement in
international environmental programs such as ISO Standard 14001 was controlled
for. Accordingly, the results provide further evidence that corporate environmental
disclosure appears to be influenced by legitimacy concerns.
In general the results of this analysis suggest that, while corporate web page
disclosure is adding to the level of environmental information beyond that
available in annual reports, the emphasis appears to be more on legitimating the
corporation than on adding to accountability. Of course, this is a potential problem
that even SustainAbility/UNEP (1999) recognized. As noted in their own report
(1999, p. 18), “unfortunately, there is a great temptation to put a public relations
spin on information, whether published in a printed [environmental report] or on
the website.”
It must be noted, of course, that this study, like all empirical investigations,
is subject to certain limitations. This examination is limited to an analysis of
disclosures of firms from only two industries. The extent to which the results are
generalizable, therefore, cannot be determined. Further, this analysis examines the
disclosures for only U.S. companies. Previous surveys of web page environmental
disclosure (e.g. Jones et al., 1999; SustainAbility/UNEP, 1999) document that the
Internet is being used as a medium of corporate disclosure by a wide sample of
international companies. Accordingly, a more detailed examination of the variation
in the medium’s use for environmental information presentation across countries,
and whether legitimacy-based arguments for the variation hold in other settings,
would appear to be an interesting extension. Finally, this study looks at web page
environmental disclosure at a single point in time. Given the flexibility for change
on the Internet, analyses of differences in corporate web page disclosure over a
period of time (and particularly in times of changing public pressures) could well
prove interesting.

NOTES
1. In general, positive disclosures are defined as statements that portray the company as
acting in harmony with the environment, negative disclosures are statements that indicate
Legitimacy and the Internet 53

negative environmental impacts, and neutral disclosures are statements that can only take
on positive or negative qualities in relation to other comparative data. These definitions are
discussed in more detail later in the paper.
2. The specific items of negative and non-negative environmental disclosure are identified
in Table 4.
3. For an overview of this literature, see Gray et al. (1995) or Mathews (1997).
4. Three firm-specific anecdotal examples are provided by Savage et al. (2000,
pp. 79–81).
5. The interpretation of legitimacy theory as a purely reactive explanator for social dis-
closure appears to be a contributing factor to attempted rebuttals of the theory. To illustrate,
Guthrie and Parker (1989, p. 344) specifically identify their interpretation of legitimacy
theory’s explanation for social disclosure as “reacting to the environment where they are
employed to legitimize corporate actions” (emphasis added). As such, when the authors
suggest (1989, p. 350), for example, that the existence of human resource disclosures in
Broken Hill Proprietary’s annual reports in the late 1960s and early 1970s, a period without
company labor dispute, is evidence against legitimacy theory, they appear to be failing to
take into account Parker’s own acknowledgment that social disclosure might be used to
anticipate social pressures.
6. “The Internet Index” is an on-line source of statistical information related to the
Internet. It is accessible at http://www.openmarket.com/intindex/98–05.htm.
7. Both Flynn and Gowthorpe (1997) and Ashbaugh et al. (1999), in their studies of
financial reporting on the Internet, do identify that some companies also make environmental
disclosures on their web pages. However, neither study provides any detail on the types of
environmental information provided.
8. It should be noted that while the electronic equipment industry is not usually identified
as an environmentally sensitive industry, that does not mean its companies do not have any
environmental exposures. These firms, to the extent that they have manufacturing facilities,
for example, are subject to reporting requirements under the Environmental Protection
Agency’s Toxic Releases Inventory program. Further, as noted in the results presented
later, a number of these companies report exposures related to remediation-related
problems.
9. The 10-K report is an annual financial report that must be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission. Because 10-K report environmental disclosure requirements differ
from annual report environmental disclosure requirements (see, e.g. Freedman & Wasley,
1990; Zuber & Berry, 1992), the 10-K reports were not considered to be comparable to
annual reports for the purposes of this study. As such, these firms were not included in the
study.
10. One company required password verification to access its web page. The second
firm’s web site continued to crash during review (numerous attempts were made to access
this site over a four week period).
11. This is consistent with the approach taken by Lymer (1997). To further assure that
no relevant information was missed, a complete web site analysis (tracing all links to their
deepest levels) was conducted for 12 of the sample firms (ranging across both industries
and a variety of firm sizes). No additional environmental disclosure was discovered. It is
always possible, of course, that such disclosure did exist for the other sample firms.
12. The focus of this analysis was on the environmental information companies choose
to highlight on their web pages. And while many of the firms did have on-line links to
54 DENNIS M. PATTEN AND WILLIAM CRAMPTON

their annual reports, there were no instances of companies linking to the annual report for
additional environmental information.
13. It is important to note that only links to external press releases were excluded. Press
releases of the sample companies, themselves, were examined for environmental disclosure.
14. Sentences were used as the basis for coding for this study. That is, each of the
independent reviewers read each sentence as a separate statement, and, if it was deemed to
provide information related to one of the 21 categories of disclosure a point was awarded
for that area. Where a single sentence contained information that properly disclosed
information about more than one area of disclosure, a point was awarded for each category.
Following complete coding by each of the reviewers, all differences were identified,
discussed, and reconciled. Each of the independent reviewers had considerable prior
experience with environmental content coding.
15. It must be noted that assigning positive, negative or neutral classifications to
disclosures inherently requires an underlying value system. The assignations used in
this study assume that relevant publics, on average, prefer companies to minimize their
negative impacts on the environment. To the extent that these underlying assumptions are
not valid (e.g. if investors, on average, prefer companies to pollute and pay fines instead
of making efforts to meet regulations), the findings are subject to other interpretations. It
must be noted, however, that classifying environmental disclosures as positive, negative
and/or neutral is consistent with previous research in this area (see, e.g. Deegan & Gordon,
1996; Deegan & Rankin, 1996; Patten, 2000).
16. For an overview of the Superfund program and its relation to accounting standards
see Barth and McNichols (1994).
17. It may not be intuitively obvious that neutral disclosures can serve a legitimating
function. But, as noted by Lindblom (1994), for example, aside from projecting a positive
image, disclosures might be used as a means of deflecting attention away from other, more
negative aspects of environmental performance. It is also possible that companies tend to
include neutral disclosures only when they believe the information is likely to add to the
positive image of the firm. This would appear to be a testable hypothesis, but it is beyond
the scope of the current paper.
18. As noted in the results section of this paper, a total disclosure score was also calculated
for each company. For the total disclosure score, companies were awarded a point for each
area of disclosure included either in the annual report or on the web page. Thus, it represents
an intersection of the annual report and web page disclosures.
19. For a more detailed discussion of required U.S. reporting standards relative to envi-
ronmental liabilities see Siegel and Surma (1992) or Zuber and Berry (1992).
20. Hackston and Milne (1996) tested for differences across alternative measurement
scales and report that measurement error between various quantitative techniques is likely
to be quite negligible. A potential drawback to using sentences, however, is that pictures,
to the extent they are used as environmental disclosure statements, are not captured by the
analysis.
21. Bewley and Li (2000) also offer size and industry classification as explanatory vari-
ables from a voluntary disclosure theory perspective.
22. It should be noted that the industry relation is not well developed under the political
cost hypothesis of positive accounting theory. Watts and Zimmerman (1989, p. 239) suggest
only that “besides the firm’s size, its industry also affects its political vulnerability.” But
other than noting (1989, p. 239) that “firm size proxies for industry because firms within
Legitimacy and the Internet 55

an industry have similar sizes,” no explanation for an expected relation to political costs is
offered. In contrast, legitimacy theorists argue an industry impact on public policy pressure
due to the negative social effects of the processes of the companies within certain industries.
As there is no statistical difference in the mean size of the companies in the two industries
examined in this study (see Table 1), the results reported here would appear to more clearly
support legitimacy theory explanations.
There also appear to be problems with Bewley and Li’s (2000) justification for an
industry impact under voluntary disclosure theory. They note (p. 207), for example, “given
that corporate pollution propensity differs across industries and is public knowledge,
uninformed stakeholders’ expectations about corporate environmental exposure should
reflect the difference.” Bewley and Li (2000, p. 207) then argue “firms in a more polluting
industry need to disclose more in order to avoid adverse actions by uninformed stakeholders
against the worst polluters in the industry.” This suggests that differences in disclosure are
driven by performance and that only the better performers in high polluting industries have
an advantage to higher disclosure. If true, there should be a significant positive relation
between performance and disclosure. A number of previous studies (e.g. Fekrat et al., 1996;
Freedman & Wasley, 1990; Ingram & Frazier, 1980; Wiseman, 1982) document that no
such relation exists. This appears to seriously weaken Bewley and Li’s (2000) argument.
23. The NegDisc variable used in each model was the measure corresponding to the
positive/neutral measure being examined. That is, for example, in the model examining
annual report positive/neutral sentence counts, the NegDisc variable used was the annual
report negative disclosure sentence counts.
24. It is worth noting that the correlation between the sentence count and content analysis
score measures within medium was quite high (see Table 3).
25. Of course involvement in programs such as ISO Standard 14001 could well be
interpreted as a corporate attempt at seeking legitimacy through its actions.
26. Tests were also conducted using proxies for firm environmental performance (as it
relates to pollution propensity). Data for these proxies was culled from the Toxics Release
Inventory database for 1997 release data. First, sample companies included in the top 1000
ranking based on total releases were designated using a one/zero indicator variable. This is
similar to the pollution propensity proxy used by Bewley and Li (2000, p. 208). Second, a
more specific measure of individual company performance, company total releases divided
by company revenues (see, Patten, 2000, pp. 114–115) was also tested. Results, not presented
here but available from the authors, indicated that neither of the proxies were significantly
related to the level of disclosure in any models. Further, all three legitimacy variables
maintained statistical significance (at p = 0.05 or better, one-tailed) in all additional tests.
27. This could be particularly true for those companies including on-line links to their
annual reports. However, it is worth noting that six of the 8 firms including either envi-
ronmental litigation or investigation disclosures on their web pages also had links to their
annual reports (which also included these disclosures).

REFERENCES
Adams, C. A., Hill, W.-Y., & Roberts, C. B. (1998). Corporate social reporting practices in Western
Europe: Legitimating corporate behavior? British Accounting Review, 30(March), 1–21.
56 DENNIS M. PATTEN AND WILLIAM CRAMPTON

Ashbaugh, H., Johnstone, K. M., & Warfield, T. D. (1999). Corporate reporting on the Internet.
Accounting Horizons, 13(September), 241–257.
Barth, M. E., & McNichols, M. F. (1994). Estimation and market valuation of environmental liabilities
relating to Superfund sites. Journal of Accounting Research, 32(Suppl.), 177–210.
Bewley, K., & Li, Y. (2000). Disclosure of environmental information by Canadian manufacturing
companies: A voluntary disclosure perspective. Advances in Environmental Accounting and
Management, 1, 201–226.
Cowen, S. S., Ferreri, L. B., & Parker, L. D. (1987). The impact of corporate characteristics on social
responsibility disclosure: A typology and frequency-based analysis. Accounting, Organizations
and Society, 12(2), 111–122.
Deegan, C., & Gordon, B. (1996). A study of the environmental disclosure practices of Australian
corporations. Accounting and Business Research, 26(3), 187–199.
Deegan, C., & Rankin, M. (1996). Do Australian companies report environmental news objec-
tively? An analysis of environmental disclosures by firms prosecuted successfully by the
Environmental Protection Authority. Accounting, Auditing and Accountability Journal, 9(2),
50–67.
Deegan, C., & Rankin, M. (1997). The materiality of environmental information to users of accounting
reports. Accounting, Auditing and Accountability Journal, 10(4), 562–583.
Dowling, J., & Pfeffer, J. (1975). Organizational legitimacy: Social values and organizational behavior.
Pacific Sociological Review, 18(1), 122–138.
Fekrat, M. A., Inclan, I., & Petroni, D. (1996). Corporate environmental disclosures: Competitive
disclosure hypothesis using 1991 annual report data. The International Journal of Accounting,
31(2), 175–195.
Flynn, G., & Gowthorpe, C. (1997). Volunteering financial data on the World Wide Web: A study of
financial reporting from a stakeholder perspective. Presented at the First Financial Reporting
and Business Communication Conference, Cardiff, Wales.
Freedman, M., & Wasley, C. (1990). The association between environmental performance and envi-
ronmental disclosure in annual reports and 10Ks. Advances in Public Interest Accounting, 3,
183–193.
Gamble, G. O., Hsu, K., Kite, D., & Radtke, R. R. (1995). Environmental disclosures in annual reports
and 10Ks: An examination. Accounting Horizons, 9(September), 34–54.
Gray, R., Kouhy, R., & Lavers, S. (1995). Corporate social and environmental reporting: A review of the
literature and a longitudinal study of U.K. disclosure. Accounting, Auditing and Accountability
Journal, 8(2), 47–77.
Guthrie, J., & Parker, L. D. (1989). Corporate social reporting: A rebuttal of legitimacy theory. Ac-
counting and Business Research, 19(76), 343–352.
Hackston, D., & Milne, M. (1996). Some determinants of social and environmental disclosures in New
Zealand companies. Accounting, Auditing and Accountability Journal, 9(1), 77–108.
Heard, J. E., & Bolce, W. J. (1981). The political significance of corporate social reporting in the United
States of America. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 6(3), 247–254.
Ingram, R. W., & Frazier, K. B. (1980). Environmental performance and corporate disclosure. Journal
of Accounting Research, 18(Autumn), 614–622.
Jones, K., Alabaster, T., & Hetherington, K. (1999). Internet-based environmental reporting. Greener
Management International, 26(Summer), 69–90.
Jones, K., Alabaster, T., & Walton, J. (1998). Virtual environments for environmental reporting. Greener
Management International, 21(Spring), 121–137.
Kmenta, J. (1971). Elements of econometrics. New York: Macmillan.
Legitimacy and the Internet 57

Lindblom, C. K. (1994). The implications of organizational legitimacy for corporate social performance
and disclosure. Presented at the Critical Perspectives on Accounting Conference, New York.
Lymer, A. (1997). The use of the Internet for corporate reporting – a discussion of the issues and survey
of current usage in the UK. Presented at First Financial Reporting and Business Communication
Conference, Cardiff, Wales.
Lynch, C. (1997). Searching the Internet. Scientific American, 276(March), 52–56.
Mathews, M. R. (1997). Twenty-five years of social and environmental accounting research. Account-
ing, Auditing and Accountability Journal, 10(4), 481–531.
Parker, L. (1986). Polemical themes in social accounting: A scenario for standard setting. Advances in
Public Interest Accounting, 1, 67–93.
Patten, D. M. (1991). Exposure, legitimacy and social disclosure. Journal of Accounting and Public
Policy, 10(Winter), 297–308.
Patten, D. M. (1992). Intra-industry environmental disclosures in response to the Alaskan oil spill: A
note on legitimacy theory. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 15(5), 471–475.
Patten, D. M. (2000). Changing Superfund disclosure and its relation to the provision of other environ-
mental information. Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management, 1, 101–121.
Patten, D. M. (2002). The relation between environmental performance and environmental disclosure:
A research note. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 27(November), 763–773.
Preston, L. E., & Post, J. E. (1975). Private management and public policy. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice-Hall.
Savage, A., Cataldo, A. J., & Rowlands, J. (2000). A multi-case investigation of environmental legiti-
mation in annual reports. Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management, 1, 45–81.
Siegel, A., & Surma, J. P. (1992). Accounting for environmental compliance: Crossroad of GAAP,
engineering, and government. New York: Price Waterhouse.
SustainAbility/UNEP (1999). The internet reporting report. London: Beacon Press.
Walden, W. D., & Schwartz, B. N. (1997). Environmental disclosures and public policy pressures.
Journal of Accounting and Public Policy, 16(Summer), 125–154.
Watts, R. L., & Zimmerman, J. L. (1986). Positive accounting theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-
Hall.
Wildstrom, S. H. (1997). Surfing for annual reports. Business Week, 3522(April 14), 22.
Williams, S. M. (1999). Voluntary environmental and social accounting disclosure practices in the Asia-
Pacific region: An international empirical test of political economy theory. The International
Journal of Accounting, 34(2), 209–238.
Wiseman, J. (1982). An evaluation of environmental disclosures made in corporate annual reports.
Accounting, Organizations and Society, 7(1), 53–63.
Zuber, G., & Berry, C. (1992). Assessing environmental risk. Journal of Accountancy, 173(March),
43–48.
POLLUTION DISCLOSURES BY
ELECTRIC UTILITIES: AN
EVALUATION AT THE START OF THE
FIRST PHASE OF 1990 CLEAN AIR ACT

Martin Freedman, Bikki Jaggi and A. J. Stagliano

ABSTRACT
This study examines whether the 38 electric utility firms owning the 110
plants targeted by the 1990 Clean Air Act (CAA) made adequate pollution
disclosures to inform the stakeholders whether they met the pollution
emission requirements of the Act by the start of its first phase. First, it
evaluates pollution emissions of the targeted plans at the start of the first
phase of the Act, i.e. 1995. Then, it evaluates whether pollution disclosures of
these firms improved leading up to the first phase of the Act. This evaluation
is done by comparing pollution disclosures for the start of the first phase, i.e.
1995, with the year the CAA was enacted, i.e. 1990. Pollution emission data
are obtained from the Department of Energy and from the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA), and pollution disclosure data for 1989, 1990 and
1995 are obtained from the annual reports and 10Ks. A specifically designed
content analysis technique is used to categorize pollution disclosures.
The pollution emissions results indicate that 1995 emissions are signif-
icantly lower than 1990 emissions. On an individual plant basis, the results,
however, indicated that some plants reduced emissions while others used

Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management


Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management, Volume 2, 59–100
Copyright © 2004 by Elsevier Ltd.
All rights of reproduction in any form reserved
ISSN: 1479-3598/doi:10.1016/S1479-3598(03)02003-X
59
60 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

the permit system. The pollution disclosures results indicate that the 1995
pollution disclosure are comparatively lower than 1990 disclosures. The
reason for high disclosures for 1990 could have been to protect the firms
against potential legal cases if the requirements were not met. Once the
fears of legal actions subsided, pollution disclosures were probably reduced.
Lack of consistency and adequacy in pollution disclosures, however, make it
difficult for stakeholders to properly evaluate their future risks.

INTRODUCTION
Title IV of the 1990 Clean Air Act (CAA) targeted coal-fired electric utility plants
for abatement of sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide emissions. Phase 1 of the Act
specifically named 110 plants that were required to reduce their sulfur dioxide emis-
sions by December 31, 1995 (U.S. EPA, 1990). Most of these plants are owned by
large publicly held corporations. The CAA also introduced an allowance system
that enabled the companies to meet the emission requirements by holding emission
permits that could be traded among the affected companies. The allowance system
thus provided an alternative to the companies to meet the CAA emission require-
ments without having to adjust their plant configuration or generating process. The
weakness of the allowance system was that the managers might have been encour-
aged to use the permit system instead of reducing pollution emission. The use of
the permit system, however, is not a permanent solution to the pollution emission
problem. Instead it is only a temporary solution, and the stakeholders have a right
to know whether the CAA emission requirements are being met on a permanent
basis by reducing the emission levels or on a temporary basis using permits.
The paper examines whether the firms owning the targeted 110 electricity gen-
erating plants in the 1990 CAA made comprehensive disclosures on their pollution
performance by the start of the first phase of CAA. Because pollution disclosures
are influenced by pollution emissions it would be of interest to the stakeholders to
know whether the CAA affected electric utility companies met the first phase-end
emission requirements. The study evaluates pollution disclosure improvement of
electric utilities by comparing their pollution disclosures for the start of the first
phase of CAA, i.e. 1995, with their disclosures for the year the law was enacted,
i.e. 1990. It further examines whether pollution disclosures are associated with
the firms’ pollution strategies. It can be argued that more pollution disclosures
are likely to be associated with more pollution efforts. The managers would like
to highlight their pollution efforts and signal information to investors that they,
as good citizens, are doing their best to reduce pollution emissions. Additionally,
another strategy could be that more pollution disclosures are made when there are
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 61

high pollution emission levels. In the case of high pollution emissions, managers
would like to provide explanations for emissions and also detail some future plans
to deal with the problem.
The study’s results show that the CAA’s pollution emission standards on an
overall basis were met by the start of the first phase of CAA. But on an individual
plant basis, there were differences in pollution emissions among different plants.
It, however, needs to be recognized that some firms might have taken advantage of
the permit system to meet the CAA emission requirements instead of reducing pol-
lution emissions. With regard to pollution disclosures, the results show that there
was no significant difference in the 1995 pollution disclosures compared to 1990
disclosures. The results also show that pollution disclosures were significantly
influenced by the level of pollution emissions and the efforts needed to meet the
required CAA pollution emission level. The firms with higher pollution efforts and
with higher pollution emissions were associated with higher pollution disclosures.
The overall finding of no significant difference between the time of the enactment
of CAA and the start of its first phase suggests that voluntary pollution disclosures
did not improve over time. Instead, it appears that pollution information was
disclosed by managers whenever they believed that it would be in the firm’s best
interest. Consequently, the stakeholders’ pollution information needs have been
ignored and the stakeholders are not being kept fully informed about the firm’s
pollution-related activities. This finding has policy implication about the need
for mandatory pollution disclosures to ensure full and comprehensive disclosures
that enable the stakeholders in making informed judgments.
The remainder of the paper is organized as follows: In Part II, we discuss
important provisions of the 1990 Clean Air Act and evaluate pollution emissions
by the end of the first phase of the CAA. Hypotheses and research methodology
are discussed in Part III. The results are presented in Part IV and conclusion is
contained in Part V.

CLEAN AIR ACT OF 1990 AND POLLUTION EMISSIONS


BY THE END OF ITS FIRST PHASE
Provisions of Clean Air Act 1990 for Electric Utilities

Acid rain is a significant consequential outcome of the sulfur dioxide and nitrogen
oxide emissions that are the by-products of electric generation through coal-fire
plants. Canada and the northeastern states of the U.S. cited many mid-western
U.S. electric utilities for creating the acid rain problem. In 1988, Richard Ayres,
who was the chair of the National Clean Air Coalition, also blamed the Reagan
62 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

administration for opposing an acid rain bill, and for supporting the utility and coal
interests in opposing such a bill (Shabecoff, 1989). With a change in administration
and Senate majority leadership, the environment for passage of the Clean Air Bill
improved and the Clean Air Act was passed in November 1990.
Title IV of the Act was a direct response to the acid rain problem. It required
110 coal-fired electric power plants to reduce their sulfur dioxide emissions to
2.5 pounds/million British Thermal Units (MMBTU) (U.S. EPA, 1990) by 1995.
Additionally, it required all U.S. power plants to reduce their sulfur dioxide
emissions to 1.2 pounds/MMBTU (US EPA, 1990) by year 2000. Emissions of
nitrogen oxides were also targeted for reduction, and 1996, 1997 and 2000 were
set as significant dates for such reductions. The focus of this paper is, however,
is on comprehensive pollution disclosures.
Based on technology that existed at the time the Clean Air Bill was being
debated in 1989, the electric power plants could reduce their sulfur dioxide
emissions by choosing an approach from among several options. The most costly
and yet the most effective method was to utilize the stack scrubbers. In this
process, the fluid gas stream is washed with a continuous spray of a chemical
(usually lime) (Smock, 1990). In 1990, at the time of the passage of the Clean
Air Act, the estimated cost of using scrubbers was about $170/kilowatt of the
generating capacity. A moderate size coal-powered generating station of 20
megawatts required nearly $3.5 million for scrubbers.
A less expensive alternative was the utilization of low-sulfur coal. Prior to 1990,
it was politically difficult for power plants located in the mid-western states to
purchase low-sulfur coal from outside when the states in which they were located
were mining high sulfur coal (e.g. see Freedman & Jaggi, 1993). Switching to a
cleaner fuel (e.g. natural gas) was still another alternative. But natural gas was
much more expensive than coal. Some electric utility companies tried to find
other alternative fuels to generate electricity, and with the help of grants from the
U.S. Government, they attempted to develop clean coal technology that consisted
of changing coal into other fuels and/or mixing it with other fuels (Burr, 1991).

Permit System as an Alternative

The 1990 Clean Air Act provided another option to these plants to avoid being
penalized for high pollution emissions. The Act introduced a permit system that
enabled firms to meet sulfur dioxide emission standards without reducing emis-
sions. Each firm was given permits that allowed it to emit a certain amount of sulfur
dioxide. If a firm’s pollution emissions were lower than the allowable limits of the
permits, the firm was allowed to trade the emission permits in the open market.
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 63

Firms with pollution emissions higher than those allowed by their own pollution
permits could buy the permits from other firms and thus meet the emission stan-
dards. The apparent purpose of allowing permits to be traded in the open market
was to encourage firms to reduce pollution emissions so that the overall pollution
emissions would be lower. This market-based method of reducing emissions was
considered to be a major advance over the traditional method of command and
control. Kahn (1995) felt that the system of letting the market set prices for pol-
lution permits and allowing firms to choose their own way to reduce emissions
would lead to successful results. The effectiveness of this system can be evaluated
after year 2000 when the impact of this Act is fully realized. This can be done by
comparing the results of the permit system with the command and control system
that is used for nitrogen oxide abatement.

The CAA Pollution Emission Requirements by the End of its First Phase

The sulfur dioxide pollution emission limits for 110 power plants named in the
Act were set at a level that was 80% of an average level based on their annual
sulfur dioxide emissions over the 1985–1987 period. Thus, firms were given
pollution permits for 80% level of pollution at each of their targeted plants. If
a plant exceeded the annual emission limit starting with 1995 until year 2000,
it needed additional permits to meet the limit and additional permits could be
purchased in the open market. If a plant violated the law by emitting sulfur
dioxide above the limit without any permit, it faced a fine of $2000 per excess ton
(U.S. EPA, 1990).
The cost of reducing sulfur dioxide emissions was expected to be significant for
many firms that owned the 110 targeted power plants. However, being a regulated
industry (it was still totally regulated in 1990), the firms could pass the abatement
costs on to customers, and shareholders would not have to bear such costs. The
ability to pass the costs on to consumers would, however, depend upon approval
from regulatory bodies, and this would be influenced by the firm’s capability to
convince the regulatory body (usually a public service commission) that recovery
of such costs was necessary for the firm’s financial health. The recovery of costs
would, however, be possible only with a lag, because firms would have to apply
for such recovery and regulatory bodies would evaluate this request before making
a decisions and this would take time. The approval lag therefore meant that firms
would incur cost in one period and recovery would happen in future periods.
Because some pollution abatement costs could be enormous, the lag could have
a significant negative financial impact on the firm’s financial performance in the
year the costs are incurred.
64 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

Table 1. Sulfur Dioxide Emissions by Plants for 1990 and 1995.


Company (Plant) 1990 Emissions Allowances 1995 Emissions
Tons
lbs/MMBTU Tons Tons lbs/MMBTU

Allegheny Power
Albright 1.29 9,528 12,000 11,444 2.57
Armstrong 2.75 30,927 29,840 21,907 2.61
Ft. Martin (DQE 2.68 82,393 82,790 74,369 2.68
part-owner)
Harrison 4.42 282,302 136,270 9,944 0.14
Hatsfield’s Ferry 3.25 159,242 115,420 164,841∗ 3.4
Total 3.48 564,392 376,320 282,505 1.81
American Electric Power
Beckjord (Cinergy 4.0 90,529 31,970 25,826 1.64
part-owner)
Breed Off line
Cardinal 4.63 143,838 72,590 105,307∗ 2.87
Conesville 4.64 98,821 63,370 90,818∗ 4.17
Gavin 5.68 365,307 156,640 23,478 0.30
Kammer 6.72 46,839 17,390 122,193∗ 5.64
Kyger Creek 6.03 243,023 93,200 92,806 2.32
Mitchell 2.06 59,316 89,490 61,623 1.49
Muskingham River 6.96 140,891 54,380 102,908∗ 7.10
Picway 4.84 14,817 4,930 4,722 5.27
Tanners Creek 4.58 70,430 24,820 29,318∗ 2.56
Total 5.31 1,273,811 611,780 658,999∗ 2.38
Atlantic City Electric
BL England 4.13 30,715 20,780 21,719∗ 2.3
Baltimore Gas & Electric
Connemaugh (PPL and 3.2 174,692 126,240 78,093 1.25
others part-owners)
Crane 3.0 28,625 19,560 12,162 1.20
Total 3.17 203,317 145,800 90,255 1.25
Centerior
Ashtabula 5.78 33,101 16,740 18,183∗ 6.60
Avon Lake 3.33 58,894 42,130 21,920 1.35
Eastlake (DQE 4.51 14,006 7,800 8,635∗ 4.09
part-owner)
Total 3.99 101,001 66,670 48,738 3.79
CIPSCO
Coffeen 6.30 71,423 35,670 31,228 1.63
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 65

Table 1. (Continued )
Company (Plant) 1990 Emissions Allowances 1995 Emissions
Tons
lbs/MMBTU Tons Tons lbs/MMBTU

Grand Tower 4.90 7,692 5,910 6,950∗ 4.63


Merodosia 4.31 14,628 13,890 19,610 3.67
Total 5.75 93,743 55,470 57,788∗ 2.22
Cinergy
Beckjord (see American Electric Power)
Cayuga 3.97 114,305 67,500 91,169∗ 2.88
Gallagher 4.09 45,267 27,950 51,629∗ 2.95
Gibson 3.88 129,824 81,410 99,980∗ 2.25
Miami Fort 3.96 84,798 50,650 25,994 1.53
Wabash River 3.66 58,167 26,560 33,891∗ 2.54
Total 3.91 432,361 254,070 302,663∗ 2.44
CMS Power
JH Campbell 1.20 22,214 42,340 13,170 2.05
Commonwealth Edison
Kincaid 6.19 166,399 65,390 11,170 0.78
DQE
Cheswick 2.44 40,221 39,170 42,882 2.44
Eastlake (see Centerior)a
Fort Martin (see
Allegheny Power)
Sammis (Ohio Edison 3.23 83,422 107,320 61,829 1.25
Part Owner)
Total 2.93 123,643 146,490 104,711 1.56
Empire District Electric Co.
Asbury 3.80 27,075 16,190 8,057 1.16
General Public Utilities
Portland 2.68 24,773 16,170 22,143∗ 3.0
Shawville 2.96 55,780 48,930 58,400∗∗ 2.92
Total 2.87 80,553 65,100 80,543∗ 2.94
IES Industries
Burlington 4.74 17,975 10,710 9,020 2.04
George Neal 0.65 1,755 1,290 2,522∗ 0.82
Prarie Creek 4.10 12,177 8,180 5,279 1.20
Total 3.39 31,907 20,180 16,821 1.25
66 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

Table 1. (Continued )
Company (Plant) 1990 Emissions Allowances 1995 Emissions
Tons
lbs/MMBTU Tons Tons lbs/MMBTU

ICG/Nova
Baldwin 5.35 224,614 128,980 266,005∗ 5.31
Hennepin 4.76 26,794 18,410 27,926∗ 5.03
Vermillion 0 0 8,880 1,724 1.23
Total 3.32 251,408 156,270 295,655∗ 4.48
IPALCO
Elmer Stout 2.67 31,888 32,360 38,857∗ 2.52
HT. Pritchard 3.01 10,489 5,770 5,932∗ 2.06
Petersberg 2.41 114,417 48,810 89,102 1.68
Total 2.49 156,794 86,840 133,891∗ 1.88
Interstate Power Co.
Milton L. Kapp 3.51 19,151 13,800 7,450 1.30
Kansas City Power & Light
Montrose 0.76 8,594 25,680 7,834 0.51
Kentucky Utilities
EW Brown 3.09 53,691 44,120 27,706 1.97
Ghent 4.49 68,403 28,410 20,213 1.11
Green River 3.81 17,424 7,820 10,448∗ 4.22
Total 3.75 139,518 80,350 58,367 1.54
Lilco
Northport 1.00 36,250 70,400 10,927 0.39
Pt. Jefferson 1.08 10,117 22,500 6,276 1.11
Total 1.02 46,367 93,200 17,203 0.51
Mid-American Energy
Riverside 4.70 8,235 3,990 1,828 0.83
NYSEG
Milliken 2.98 32,398 23,580 9,376 0.81
Greenridge 3.24 12,129 7,540 9,824∗ 2.7
Total 3.05 44,527 31,120 19,200 1.27
Niagara Mohawk
Dunkirk 3.28 43,777 26,660 34,620∗ 3.07
Northeast Utilities
Merrimack 1.53 39,144 32,190 36,129∗ 2.38
NIPSCO
Bailly 4.96 37,246 15,630 6,246 0.36
Michigan city 3.54 45,571 23,310 12,257 0.87
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 67

Table 1. (Continued )
Company (Plant) 1990 Emissions Allowances 1995 Emissions
Tons
lbs/MMBTU Tons Tons lbs/MMBTU

Total 4.06 82,817 38,940 18,503 0.59


Northern States Power
High Bridge 0.50 3,260 4,270 3,040 0.39
Ohio Edison
Burger 4.80 72,500 29,360 41,650∗ 4.6
Edgewater 3.09 8,762 5,050 10 0.01
Niles 4.67 29,309 16,040 15,134 2.6
Sammis (see DQE)
Total 4.57 110,571 50,450 56,794 3.53
Pennsylvania Power & Light
Brunner Island 3.0 124,875 113,680 97,396 2.27
Connemaugh (see 2.96 24,980 25,480 10,762 2.18
Baltimore Gas &
Electric
Martins Creek)
Sunbury 2.92 22,728 20,210 19,358 2.38
Total 2.98 172,583 159,370 127,518 2.28
Potomac Electric Power Co.
Chalk Point 2.80 60,636 46,240 41,086 2.14
Morgantown 2.55 83,191 73,740 66,555 2.05
Total 2.65 143,827 119,980 107,641 2.08
Southern Co.
Bowen 2.51 248,858 254,580 160,651 1.62
Crist 4.50 77,365 50,880 28,030 1.40
Gaston 3.3 68,155 59,840 23,170 1.26
Hammond 2.46 61,126 64,550 21,695 1.52
Jack McDonough 3.24 54,639 40,510 19,586 1.30
Wansley 4.36 218,220 136,200 53,800 1.35
Watson 3.80 84,903 54,610 56,619∗ 3.3
Yates 13.73 361,379 69,810 20,269 1.29
Total 4.24 1,174,645 730,980 383,820 1.60
SIGCO
Cully 4.73 42,823 21,260 2,549 0.21
Warrick 4.78 35,201 26,980 37,682∗ 2.98
Total 4.75 78,024 48,240 40,231 1.61
TECO
Big Bend 4.24 143,310 82,250 90,448∗ 1.48
68 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

Table 1. (Continued )
Company (Plant) 1990 Emissions Allowances 1995 Emissions
Tons
lbs/MMBTU Tons Tons lbs/MMBTU

Union Electric
Labidie 4.22 243,465 154,070 128,804 1.79
Sioux 3.69 82,452 46,260 47,856∗ 2.56
Total 4.08 325,917 200,330 176,600 1.94
Utilicorp
Sibley 5.2 45,310 15,580 12,214 0.87
Virginia Electric & Power (Dominion Resources)
MT Storm 2.74 139,203 121,730 97,793 1.71
Wisconsin Energy
No. & So. Oak Creek 2.48 143,440 53,635 26,668 0.91
WPL Holdings
Dewey 1.27 6,295 12,690 4,127 0.56
Edgewater 2.20 46,530 24,750 18,482 0.70
Total 2.03 52,825 37,440 22,709 0.67
Wisconsin PSC
Pullian 3.2 10,865 7,510 2,087 0.45
Non-Public Reporting Entities
Associated Electric Coop
New Madrid 5.0 164,683 60,720 16,753 0.44
Thomas Hill 3.0 63,729 29,640 16,970 0.42
Total 4.4 228,412 90,360 33,723 0.43
Big River Energy Corp
Coleman 4.40 68,819 36,430 52,272∗ 3.28
Dairyland Power
Genoa 4.08 28,536 6,010 15,304∗ 1.64
East Kentucky Coop
Cooper 2.39 18,138 22,770 18,389 2.08
H. L. Spurlock 2.61 25,872 22,780 38,735 1.15
Total 2.52 44,010 45,550 57,124∗ 1.45
Electric Energy Inc.
Joppa Steam 3.2 119,071 69,030 27,947 0.62
Hoosier Energy
Frank Ratts 5.2 36,765 16,810 20,641∗ 2.36
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 69

Table 1. (Continued )
Company (Plant) 1990 Emissions Allowances 1995 Emissions
Tons
lbs/MMBTU Tons Tons lbs/MMBTU

Indiana-Kentucky Elec.
Clifty Creek 5.69 268,818 120,190 91,495 1.90
Kansas City Municipal
Quindaro 3.45 6,116 4,220 63 0.24
Owensboro, KY Municipal
Elmer Smith 5.26 49,123 20,930 7,854 0.56
Springfield, MO Municipal
James River 3.07 6,566 4,850 3,764 0.62
Tennessee Valley Auth.
Allen 3.32 57,797 47,760 48,274∗ 2.09
Colbert 2.53 74,089 96,870 76,908 2.04
Cumberland 4.50 295,572 181,540 25,829 0.21
Gallatin 4.38 137,382 76,460 99,796∗ 3.24
Johnsonville 3.43 84,465 80,670 114,677∗ 3.0
Paradise 4.44 112,232 59,170 155,612∗ 4.92
Shawnee 6.2 11,005 10,170 2,953 0.55
Total 4.09 772,542 552,610 524,049
a Needed to use more allowances to meet the standard.

Pollution Emissions by the Start of the First Phase of the CAA

A comparative analysis of pollution emission was conducted to evaluate whether


the 110 targeted plants met the pollution requirements. The results indicated that on
an overall basis all electric utility met the requirement either by reducing pollution
or through the use of permits. Data on sulfur dioxide emissions for each plant
for 1990 and 1995 and on the allowances granted by the CAA on each plant are
provided in Table 1.
Out of 107 plants, 39 plants utilized excess allowances to meet the 1995
standard. Considering that 17 of these plants had sulfur dioxide emissions that
were less than the standard in 1990, only 90 plants had to institute a new strategy
to reduce emissions by 1995. In essence, 43% of the plants (39 out of 90) chose
the strategy of utilizing excess allowances. On a company-wide basis, 10 of the
38 publicly reporting companies had total sulfur dioxide emissions greater than
the allowances they were granted.
Thus, these firms had to acquire extra allowances from the market prior to the
end of 1995. Five of the small energy coops or municipalities also had to acquire
70 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

allowances. It is assumed that these companies chose this strategy because it


was the cheapest alternative. Overall, as a consequence of the strategy chosen by
management of these utilities, many firms either reallocated the allowances or
purchased them on the open market.
Sulfur dioxide emissions decreased for 91 plants over the five-year period. In
terms of gross emissions, sulfur dioxide emissions decreased from 8.7 million
tons in 1990 to 4.2 million tons in 1995. This is a 51% reduction. The comparison
of differences in emissions by individual plant for the five-year period shows that
the differences are statistically significant (p < 0.001).
Emissions per MMBTU also decreased dramatically. In 1990 the average
sulfur dioxide emission was 3.67 lbs/MMBTU and by 1995 it had decreased to
1.76 lbs/MMBTU. Since one of the phase 1’s goals has been to achieve a level
of 2.5 lbs/MMBTU by 1995, the results show that on an average basis this goal
has been achieved. However, on an individual plant basis the goal is not achieved.
Thirty of the 107 plants had emissions greater than the 2.5 lbs/MMBTU standard
in 1995.

HYPOTHESES AND RESEARCH METHODOLOGY


Rationale for Pollution Disclosures

Why should managers be motivated to provide detailed pollution disclosures to the


stakeholders? This question has been extensively examined in the literature. Patten
(1991) argues that the managers’ motivation to disclose pollution on a voluntary
basis is to legitimize corporate interests. At another place, he also explains that
public pressures could be the motivating factor for such disclosures (1992). Guthrie
and Parker (1990) have argued that voluntary disclosures might be made to further
the ideological position of managers, and these can be considered as political
statements. Ullmann (1985), who summarized a number of studies that attempted
to find economic justifications for pollution disclosures, however, is of the opinion
that there is no single rationale that has general applicability. Instead, each firm
may have specific reasons for voluntarily disclosing environmental or pollution
information.
An explanation from the utilitarian or distributive perspective may explain
disclosure of pollution information from a broader perspective and that may have
a more general applicability. The utilitarian approach suggests that voluntary
disclosures are generally considered when their benefits outweigh their costs
(Mill, 1970). On the other hand, the distributive justice perspective (Rawls,
1971) suggests that voluntary disclosures would be made if they could mitigate
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 71

negative consequences arising out of pollution emissions. Because of ambiguity


for identification of costs and benefits of pollution disclosures, the support for
the utilitarian approach is weak. The distributive justice perspective may provide
a better rationale for disclosure of pollution information. It can be argued that
managers could use pollution disclosures as warning signals to mitigate the risk
involved in future consequences of the firm’s pollution activities, which may
involve future pollution expenditures, fines for violating certain pollution rules
and regulations, etc. If comprehensive disclosures are made by managers, they
could shift the responsibility to the stakeholders to properly evaluate the firm’s
future performance in the context of disclosed information. By providing the
appropriate information, stakeholders could fairly assess the firm’s pollution
performance and use that information to make informed decisions.
Prior studies have emphasized pollution disclosures from the investors’ and
creditors’ perspective (see, for example, Freedman & Jaggi, 1986; Ingram,
1978; Wiseman, 1982). These studies were guided by the FASB’s emphasis on
investors’ and creditors’ information needs on the assumption that environmental
degradation’s impact will be reflected in the firm’s economic performance. This
approach, however, ignores the information needs of other stakeholders who also
have a direct interest in the firm’s performance. These stakeholders are employees,
suppliers, creditors, and the community. Gray, Owen and Maunders (1991) have
argued that the firm should be accountable to all stakeholders, including society
at large. Clarkson (1991) also argues that disclosures should meet the information
needs of all stakeholders.
The impact of pollution emissions and pollution expenditure is likely to be felt
on the employees’ compensation as well as on their working environment, which
will affect their quality of life. If there are any changes in the purchase of fuel for
generating electricity, it will have an impact on suppliers. For example, if plants
switch from moderate or high sulfur coal to low sulfur coal or there is change
in the mix of fuels between coal and natural gas, there may result in shifting
from one supplier to another. The change in fuel may also affect the rate charged
to the customers. Thus, control of pollution emissions may directly impact the
consumers, i.e. the rate-payers. Though accounting standards do not emphasize
the society’s information needs, pollution information needs are supported by a
general tradition in the U.S.A. that the society has a “right to know.” There are also
“community-right-to-know” laws, which require that the populace shall be kept
informed. One of these laws relates to environmental pollution, i.e. Toxics Release
Inventory (TRI)(a subset of the Superfund Act of 1986). According to this section
of the law, every firm releasing certain emissions into the environment has an
obligation to provide information to the EPA and to the local community. The TRI
consists of a list of emissions and amounts of chemicals that firms are emitting
72 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

into the environment over a period of time (quarterly, annually). When these lists
become available, local media generally make this information available to the
community. Though sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide emissions are not a part of
TRI, the society should be interested to know about these emissions.
The existing accounting regulation on disclosure of pollution information
(FAS No. 5) requires reporting of all potential material liabilities in the financial
statements. Additionally, the SEC (SEC Releases Nos. 33–6130 and 34–16224)
requires that material current and future capital expenditures for environmental
control be disclosed. There is, however, no regulation that requires firms to
disclose the level and amount of current and future emissions, how the plants plan
to meet the CAA requirements, and what would be the economic consequences of
pollution emissions for the firm. This information is disclosed on a voluntary basis.
It may be disclosed in the annual financial reports and in a special environmental
report. Thus, the voluntary disclosure of information on pollution emissions will
supplement the mandated disclosures to provide a better picture on the firm’s
current and future environmental performance.
It, however, needs to be pointed out that earlier studies (e.g. Freedman &
Jaggi, 1982; Ingram & Frazier, 1980; Rockness, 1985) concluded that voluntary
environmental disclosures may not fully reflect the firm’s actual pollution
performance. This is so because the firms have selectively been disclosing the
“good news” and withholding the “bad.” In the case of regulated electric utility
industry, it is possible that voluntary environmental disclosures might have been
used to support future rate-hike requests or to assuage shareholders’ fears of
catastrophic negative financial effects from abatement activities.

RESEARCH DESIGN

In this section, we first describe the hypotheses for the study and then elaborate
on the procedures used for sample selection and data collection. This is followed
by a discussion of the tests used to evaluate the hypotheses.

Hypotheses

1995 vs. 1990 Pollution Disclosures


Naming of 110 plants in the Clean Air Act alerted the stakeholders that these plants
were experiencing pollution problems. Highlighting the problems of the plants
might have caused concern to investors about pollution-related activities of firms
owning these plants and about the impact of these activities on the firms’ financial
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 73

performance. The management could have alleviated or reduced stakeholders’


uncertainty by disclosing detailed information on pollution emissions in 1995 at
the start of the first phase of CAA.
The 1995 disclosures may include information on the CAA emission levels and
how these levels are being achieved, i.e. by reducing actual abatement activity or
by purchasing emission allowances. If the emission levels were reduced through
pollution abatement activities, then disclosure of information on capital and
differential operating expenditures would be useful to investors for evaluating the
impact of such expenditures on the firm’s financial performance. If allowances
were purchased in the marketplace, then the firm should have disclosed the amount
and cost of the allowances purchased. Furthermore, disclosures should include
information on capital expenditures planned for future pollution-related activities
to reduce emissions to the required/desired level. These pollution disclosures also
should provide information on the impact of abatement activities on the firm’s
economic performance.
It can be argued that the firms undertaking necessary measures to meet the CAA
emission requirements might have little motivation to disclose detailed pollution
information because they might believe that stakeholders’ concerns were resolved
by complying with the emission requirements. They should, however, realize
that in the absence of detailed pollution information, it would be difficult for the
stakeholders to determine whether and how the emissions requirements were met.
Thus, firms’ failure to report detailed pollution information would not appear to
be in the best interest of either stakeholders or management.
Based on this discussion, we expect the 1995 pollution disclosures of the
targeted plants to be much higher than their 1990 pollution disclosures. We
use 1990 pollution disclosures as a base-line or benchmark to evaluate 1995
disclosures. A temporal comparative evaluation of the first phase’s first year with
the year that CAA became law is considered appropriate because 1995 pollution
disclosures are based on 1995 pollution performance in relation to 1990 pollution
performance. The following hypothesis is used for this comparison:
H1. The level of 1995 pollution disclosures is significantly higher than 1990
pollution level.
Rejection of the above hypothesis will indicate that the firms are not making
adequate pollution disclosures on voluntary basis.

1990 Pollution Level Effect on 1995 Pollution Disclosures


When the Clean Air Bill was being debated during 1989 and 1990, the 110 targeted
plants each had different levels of SO2 emission as compared to the limitation
that would be imposed. Therefore, the reduction (if any) required to achieve the
74 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

mandated level varied from plant to plant and company to company. Since the
goal of CAA Phase 1 compliance was to achieve a global level of sulfur dioxide
emissions of 2.5 lbs/MMBTU, those companies that owned plants emitting more
than this standard had to make a greater effort to achieve the standard.
If the emission levels of all targeted plants were the same, the effort needed to
achieve the desired level of sulfur dioxide emissions in 1995 would be nearly the
same. Because of differences in the 1990 emission levels of the targeted plants
and the existence of a fixed standard, firms required varying levels of effort to
achieve the 1995 mandated level. Since stakeholders would be concerned with
the amount of effort – which translates into costs to be incurred by each firm – we
expect that companies with higher pollution levels would disclose more detailed
pollution information.
This expectation is tested by the following hypothesis:
H2. The 1995 pollution disclosures are negatively associated with the 1990
emission levels of the firm’s CAA-targeted plants.

Effect of the Number of Targeted Plants on 1995 Pollution Disclosures


Managers’ motivation to disclose detailed pollution information also could depend
on the number of targeted plants owned by the firm. Some firms owned only
one targeted plant, while others had a number of such plants. If the number of
affected plants is small, the CAA impact on the firm’s pollution disclosures should
be insignificant because overall economic performance of the firm would not be
impacted in an important way. On the other hand, if multiple targeted plants were
owned by a particular firm, pollution emissions abatement could have a significant
impact on the firm’s financial performance. Therefore, we expect that stakeholders
would be more concerned with firms that owned a larger number of targeted plants.
We expect the managers of such firms to be sensitive to this heightened
stakeholder information need. Therefore, we hypothesize that they would disclose
more detailed pollution information compared to firms with a smaller number of
targeted plants. This expectation can be tested with the following hypothesis:
H3. There is positive association between 1995 pollution disclosures and the
number of CAA targeted plants owned by a firm.

The Allowance Effect on 1995 Pollution Disclosures


In 1995, CAA-impacted firms were given saleable pollution permits for each of
their targeted plants. These allowances were indistinguishable and could be ag-
gregated by the firm. If actual pollution emissions of a firm were higher than its
total allowances, the firm was required either to reduce emissions by the amount of
the difference between allowances and actual emissions or buy permits from other
utilities to cover its “excess” emissions. Fines were imposed for failing to comply
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 75

in some fashion. If actual emissions were lower than the allowances, the firm could
sell the excess allowances in the open market. This process was repeated each year
during the first phase of CAA implementation (i.e. 1995 through the year 2000).
At the outset in 1990, the firms were aware of the amount of shortfall in
allowances that they had to make up by 1995 in order to avoid penalty. We
expect the firms’ pollution efforts to depend upon the actual pollution emissions
compared to allowances given under CAA. If actual emissions were higher than
allowances, we call this state “over the allowances” in the discussion below.
If actual emissions were lower than allowances, we denote them “under the
allowances.” In case a firm was “over the allowances,” it would need either to
reduce emissions or cover the excess emissions with purchases of permits from
other holders. If the firm was “under the allowances,” it could sell permits in the
open market (in this case there would be no need for emission reduction).
Because the firms “over the allowances” were required either to reduce emission
levels through pollution-abatement activities or cover the excess emissions with
purchase of permits, we expect these firms to disclose more detailed pollution in-
formation about their activities with regard to CAA compliance. This expectation
is tested with the following hypothesis:
H4. There is a positive association between pollution disclosures and a firm’s
emission levels being “over the allowances.”
In the circumstances that the above hypothesis is not supported, it would mean
that managers of firms with emission levels “over the allowances” were not
sensitive to pollution information needs of stakeholders and they simply ignored
stakeholders’ differential information needs despite the requirement of higher
pollution control efforts by their targeted plants.

Sample Composition and Data Collection

The Clean Air Act targeted 110 coal-fired electric power plants for reduction of
sulfur dioxide beginning in 1995. We analyze the whole population of impacted
companies. Of the 110 plants, 12 are owned by municipalities (two of these went
off-line by 1995) or the Tennessee Valley Authority, an agency of the U.S. govern-
ment, and nine are part of separate, small energy cooperatives. Of the remaining
89 plants, one plant was shut down before the 1995 deadline. The final sample
consists of 88 plants owned by 38 public firms. Therefore, every CAA-impacted
investor-owned company is part of the analysis conducted for this research.
Most of the 38 firms operate east of the Mississippi River; generally the targeted
plants are located in the southern or mid-western U.S. The firms vary quite a bit in
size. The largest is the $20 billion Southern Company, owner of 78 power plants
76 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

capable of generating 30,000 megawatts of electricity; 72 of its power stations


are coal-fired. The smallest company is Empire District Electric Company with
five generating plants, two of which are coal-fired. Its assets amount to less than
$575 million, and it has a generating capacity of about 750 megawatts.
The number of targeted plants owned by any firm ranges from one to ten.
American Electric Power owns ten targeted plants, and 15 firms owned a single
affected plant. Beyond those extremes, then, most firms owned two or three
CAA-targeted plants. The section of Table 1 that contains the public reporting
companies and their plants constitute the population used in the study.

Emission Data and CAA Emission Requirement

Electric power plants above a certain size are required to file Form EIA-767
annually with the Department of Energy (DOE). Prior to 1994, DOE calculated
emissions data for various pollutants from data provided by plant owners. The
1990 pollution emissions levels we used were calculated from these raw data.
The emission allowances allowed by the Clean Air Act also are based on this raw
data since they are derived from years 1985, 1986, and 1987.
The 1990 Act required all power plants to install a continuous emission mon-
itoring system (CEMS) in each smokestack before 1995. This system is used to
measure actual pollution emissions from the stack. We obtained the 1995 pollu-
tion emission data generated by this system from the EPA. This data set also pro-
vides emissions figures that were calculated by DOE for prior years. Sulfur dioxide
emissions data for 1995 were available for all 88 plants covered in this study.
The CAA specified an upper limit (in tons) of sulfur dioxide emissions that
each of the named plants had to meet by 1995. Companies were given from the
start of enactment until the end of 1995 to develop and implement an appropriate
response to the legislative mandate. In 1995, the plant owners were allotted
pollution permits that essentially allowed them to emit SO2 up to 80% of a plant’s
1985–1987 average yearly emissions. If emissions from a particular plant were
less than its allowances, the firm could apply the unused or “surplus” ones to
other plants, bank them for use in a future year, or sell them in the open market.
There is an expectation that firms will act rationally to implement the least-cost
solution in complying with the Clean Air Act. Of course, there are a number of
unknown factors that firms had to contend with, not the least of which was the
changing demand for electric power generation as deregulation of the industry
unfolded over the decade of the 1990s.
The two major sources of both pollution data and information on the economic
impacts of the Clean Air Act are company annual reports and Form 10-K
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 77

filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Other possible sources of
information include articles in the media, environmental reports by the companies,
and governmental reports. Annual reports and 10Ks for all 38 companies were
obtained for the years 1989, 1990, and 1995. (We also requested environmental
reports from each firm but did not receive a single one of them!)
A number of firms changed their name and some merged in the years 1989
to 1995. Iowa Power became part of IES Industries; Public Service Company of
Indiana merged with Cinergy (formerly called Cincinnati Gas & Electric). No
media story was found on any firm that could provide additional information on
the impact of the CAA or the firms’ pollution performance that had not already
been captured through the two main data sources.

Disclosure Index

To facilitate a comparative analysis of disclosures concerning the Clean Air Act, a


pollution disclosure index was developed by using the content analysis technique.
This type of index has been applied in previous accounting research studies (see,
for example, Wiseman, 1982). Disclosure categories discussed in prior studies
provided the basis for development of the index used here. Two main issues deserve
special attention in the specification of the index. First: What items should be
included in the index? Second: What should be the weighting scheme for items
included in the index?
On the basis of the index items used in prior studies, relevant items were selected
for the current research to ensure creating a metric that signaled that detailed infor-
mation concerning the CAA requirements had been made available to stakeholders.
The information disclosed should enable stakeholders to assess whether the CAA
requirements were met and what the cost for pollution-related expenditures was
(so that the impact on the firm’s economic performance could be judged).
The following items are considered important from the stakeholders’ right-to-
know perspective. They are deemed to be decision-relevant in the context of any
one type of stakeholder’s interests:
(1) Future-oriented information so that investors/creditors can adjust their ex-
pectations on whether the company would meet the CAA requirements. This
involves disclosure of information about future expenditures for reducing SO2
emissions and the method the firm expected to use to meet the 1995 standard.
Information on costs of present and future allowances also should be disclosed;
(2) Information to enable employees to assess their current job situation and
learn of whether the firm’s activities would impact future employment
78 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

opportunities. In addition to financial information and future-oriented


information, employees would be interested to know about emissions levels;
(3) Information that would enable suppliers to assess their future prospects of
selling fuel to the affected plants. This would mean that the firm disclosed
information regarding how they intended to meet the Act’s requirements;
(4) Information on the prospects for future rate hikes, which would be of
interest to customers and shareholders. This means that firms would disclose
information on the expected cost to reduce sulfur dioxide emissions and how
these costs would be covered;
(5) Information about the impact on air quality of the firm’s CAA compliance
plan. Communities in general would be interested in this information.
Based on the requirements of the Clean Air Act, stakeholders’ needs, and the
community’s right to know, disclosures were categorized as follows:
(1) Whether the Clean Air Act (or Bill) was mentioned;
(2) Whether the impacted plants were specified;
(3) The firm’s plan to meet Phase 1 requirements;
(4) Estimated (or actual) costs to deal with Phase 1 compliance;
(5) Impact on ratepayers; and
(6) Amount of sulfur dioxide emissions.
So far as the weighting scheme is concerned, the simplest method would be to
use equal weights for all the disclosure items listed above. The main justification
for using equal weights is that it is difficult to defend differential weighting as
being an unbiased estimator. However, it is clear from the nature of this listing
of disclosure items that some have greater information content than others.
For example, quantitative information has an advantage over purely qualitative
disclosures when it comes to use in financial decision models. Thus, there is a
compelling argument for use of a differential weighting scheme.
The following weighting scheme was devised to capture the above items:

Item Weight

Mention of the Clear Air Act 1


Affected plants named 2
Phase 1 plans described 2
Compliance costs stated 3
Incidence of cost described 2
Rate impact detailed 2
Emissions data provided 3
Maximum score 15
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 79

We also computed this index using an equal weighting scheme to compare


pollution disclosures over the five-year period. With the equal weighting scheme,
one point was assigned to each of the seven items.

Models Used to Test the Hypotheses

First, we evaluate whether 1995 disclosures differ from 1990 disclosures by


conducting a t-test. This test does not consider the impact of other variables
on pollution disclosures for the two periods. We consider the impact of other
variables on pollution disclosures during two different periods by conducting
a regression test on the pooled data for 1990 and 1995. A dummy variable for
the time period is used to evaluate the effect of different periods on pollution
disclosures. The following regression model is used:

POLit = ␣0 + ␤1 D YEARit + ␤2 PLEVELit + ␤3 PLANTSit


+ ␤4 DIF EMISSIONit + ␤5 PL CAPACITY + ␤6 SIZEit
+ ␤7 D SCRUBBERit + ␧it (1)
where, POLit = pollution index of firm i in period t; D YEARit = 1 when t
is 1995 for firm i, otherwise 0; PLEVELit = level of pollution emissions in
lbs/MMBTU for firm i in period t; PLANTSit = number of targeted plants owned
by the ith firm in period t; DIF EMISSIONit = difference between firm i’s actual
emissions and its CAA allowances in year t; PL CAPACITY = ratio of targeted
plant capacity to the owner’s total generating capacity; SIZEit = firm i size in
year t, measured as the log of total assets; and D SCRUBBERit = 1 if scrubbers
were used by firm i in year t, otherwise 0. ␣0 = intercept; ␤1 . . . ␤7 = regression
coefficients for respective variables; and ␧it = stochastic disturbance term.We
also conduct regression tests separately for 1990 and 1995.
The following model is used to examine the association of the variables on
change in pollution disclosures with three test variables (DPLEVEL, PLANTS,
and DDIF EMISSION) and three control variables (PL CAPACITY, SIZE, and
D SCRUBBER):

DPOLi = ␣0 + ␤1 DPLEVELi + ␤2 PLANTSi + ␤3 DDIF EMISSIONi


+ ␤4 PL CAPACITYi + ␤5 SIZEit + ␤6 D SCRUBBERi + ␧it (2)
where, DPOLi = change in pollution index of firm i in 1995 from 1990;
DPLEVELi = change in pollution emissions in terms of lbs/MMBTU of firm i
in 1995 from 1990; and DDIF EMISSIONi = change in the difference between
80 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

actual emissions and allowances granted by CAA in 1995 from 1990. Other
variables have been defined above.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Descriptive Statistics

Table 2 provides information on different types of disclosures made in 1989, 1990,


and 1995 by each of the firms owning the 88 targeted plants.
An evaluation of disclosures indicates that in 1989, before the CAA was
developed, two (DQE and Iowa Power) out of 38 firms failed to mention the Clean
Air Bill. Fourteen firms outlined how they planned to reduce sulfur dioxide
emissions. Coincidently, compliance costs were estimated by 14 companies.
Five firms reported that compliance cost would be “substantial” or “significant.”
Three companies mentioned that compliance cost would be minimal. Finally, eight
firms estimated the effect on ratepayers. These disclosures were made when the
CAA had not yet been enacted; none of the disclosures was required to be made.
This level of voluntary environmental disclosure about a potential law is sur-
prising. It is possible that the firms were motivated to provide information to justify
their case for future rate increases or to somehow “derail” passage of the bill.
Another observation is that the firms provided pollution information in many dif-
ferent ways. Some firms named all the plants that might be involved and explained
various methods that could be used to meet potentially heightened SO2 emissions
standards, others simply reported about the on-going Congressional debate.

Results on Comparative Analyses of 1995 and 1990 Pollution Disclosures

A comparative evaluation of 1995 and 1990 disclosures (Table 2) indicates that 21


firms provided quantitative disclosure in the later year compared to 27 in the earlier
one, and 14 of the 1990 disclosers estimated the effect on ratepayers. Weighted
and unweighted disclosure indices were computed for all firms for 1990 and 1995.
These are provided in Table 3 below.
The mean scores of both indices for 1990 and 1995 indicate that disclosures
declined overall in 1995 from 1990. The mean weighted disclosure index
decreased from 7.1 in 1990 to 5.8 in 1995. The unweighted index had been 3.6
in 1990 and declined to 3.0 in 1995; this is nearly the same percentage change as
in the weighted index. The t-tests indicate that the differences in disclosures for
the two years are statistically significant at the 0.037 level for weighted scores
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities
Table 2. 1990 Title IV Clean Air Act Disclosure – Phase I.
Company Year Mention # Eff. # Phase I Cost Payer Rate Emiss
Named

Allegheny Power 89 Yes 5 2 2 SCR $1.5–2B


90 Yes 5 1 SCR, LSC $2B
95 Yes 5 1 SCR, Allow $555M Cust.
American Electric Power 89 Yes 10 0 Substant.
90 Yes 10 10 SCR, LSC $200–800M
(Gavin)
95 Yes 10 10 SCR, LSC $480M Cust. Gavin – allow
25% SO2
Atlantic City Electric 89 Yes 1 0 Substant.
90 Yes 1 1+ Cust. 5%
95 Yes 1 1+ SCR
Baltimore Gas & Elec. 89 Yes 2 0 $600M
90 Yes 2 2 SCR Not Mat.
(Connemaugh
$17M)
95 Yes 2 0 SCR, LSC $174M
Centerior 89 Yes 3 0 $900M–1.2B Cust. 9–15%
90 Yes 3 0 SCR, LSC $400–700M Cust. 7–8% 100 kg/ton
Red. of SO2
needed
95 Yes 3 0 LSC, Allow $50M
CIPSCO 89 Yes 3 1 CC $120–200M 10–14% 70% SO2
reduct.
90 Yes 3 2 LSC $20–50M Cust. 1–2%

81
82
Table 2. (Continued )
Company Year Mention # Eff. # Phase I Cost Payer Rate Emiss
Named

95 Yes 3 2 LSC $76M


Cinergy 89 Yes 2 0 SCR, LSC $1B (By <12–16%
2000)

MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO


$100M
(90–94)
90 Yes 2 0 SCR, LSC <12–16%
95 Yes 2 0 LSC, Allow $34M
CMS Energy 89 Yes 1 0 Can’t det. Cust.
90 Yes 1 0 LSC Minimal
95 Yes 1 0 $25M
Commonwealth Edison 89 Yes 1 1 Can’t det.
90 Yes 1 1 SCR, Allow $450M
95 Yes 1 1 LSC
DQE 89 No 4 0
90 Yes 4 4 CC $50M
95 Yes 4 0
Empire District Elec. 89 Yes 1 1 LSC
90 Yes 1 1
95 Yes 1 1 Allow
General Public Utilities 89 Yes 2+ 0 $1B
90 Yes 2+ 0 $675M Cust. 200M by 2001
(574M after
1995)
95 Yes 2+ 2+ SCR, LSC $234M SCR red.
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities
Allow SO2 95% at
Connemaugh
IE Industries 89 Yes 1 0 LSC Not Sig. Cust.
90 Yes 1 1 LSC $6M ($1M Cust.
Capital)
IES Ind. (Merged Iowa 95 Yes 3 0 Allow, LSC
Power and Iowa
Southern)
Iowa Power 89 No 1 0
90 Yes 1 0 LSC
95 [See IES
above]
Illinois Power 89 Yes 2 0 SCR, LSC $150–300M Ins. Cust. 0–15%
90 Yes 2 2 SCR, LSC $40M U.S., Il. Henn = 50%
17M Cust. SO2 , 60%
NOX
Illinova 95 Yes 2 2 Closed plant $24M
Allow
IPALCO 89 Yes 3 0
90 Yes 3 0 $200–250M <5%
95 Yes 3 0
Interstate Power 89 Yes 1 0 LSC
90 Yes 1 1 LSC Cust.
95 Yes 1 1 LSC Cust.
Iowa-Ill. Gas & Elec. 89 Yes 1 0
90 Yes 1 1 Gas, LSC Cust.
Midamerican Energy 95 Yes 1 0

83
84
Table 2. (Continued )
Company Year Mention # Eff. # Phase I Cost Payer Rate Emiss
Named

Kansas City Power & 89 Yes 1 0 Not Mat.


Light 90 Yes 1 0 CC $16.6M
95 Yes 1 0 $5.24M
Kentucky Utilities 89 Yes 3 0 SCR, LSC 8%

MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO


90 Yes 3 1 SCR, LSC $130M Cust. 7%
95 Yes 3 3 SCR, LSC $145M Cust.
Long Island Lighting 89 Yes 2 0 Not. det.
90 Yes 2 0 No effect
95 Yes 2 0 Use oil $4.9M
New York State Elec. & 89 Yes 2 0 Signif. Cust. SO2 red.
Gas 160–140
90 Yes 2 0 $250–350M Cust. 3–4%
95 Yes 2 1 SCR, Allow $115M SO2 red.
138kg/ton in
1989,
70kg/ton in
2000
Niagara Mohawk 89 Yes 1 0 LSC $300M Cust.
90 Yes 1 1 LSC
95 Yes 1 1 Compliance $32M (’94)
$5M (’95)
Northeast Utilities 89 Yes 1 0
90 Yes 1 0 None 500kg/ton
SO2 red. Req.
by 1995
95 Yes 1+ 1+ $41M 0%

Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities


NIPSCO 89 Yes 2 2 CC U.S. = $49M <3% 90% SO2 &
Cust = NOX red.
$14M
90 Yes 2 2 SCR, LSC Cust. = Bailey = 90%
$14M SO2 red.
95 Yes 2 2 LSC
Northern States Power 89 Yes 1 0 Can’t Det. 70% SO2 red.
90 Yes 1 0 In comply
95 No 1 0
Ohio Edison 89 Yes 4 0 SCR, LSC Can’t Det.
90 Yes 4 0 CC
95 Yes 4 0 In comply
PA Power & Light 89 Yes 4 0 LSC, Allow Cust. 3%
90 Yes 4 0 LSC, CC Cust. 3% 50% SO2 red.
by 2000
95 Yes 4 0 In comply
PEPCO 89 Yes 2+ 0 Can’t det. Cust.
90 Yes 2+ 0 New equip, LSC $190M
95 Yes 2+ 2+ New equip, LSC $36.2M
Public Service of Indiana 89 Yes 4 0 SCR, LSC $300M
90 Yes 4 1 SCR, LSC Signif.
$1.7B (over- 31% Red. in
all) SO2 needed
Acquired by Cinergy 95 [See
Cinergy
above]
Southern Company 89 Yes 8 0 SCR, LSC $3B 8%

85
90 Yes 8 0 LSC $400M 1%
86
Table 2. (Continued )
Company Year Mention # Eff. # Phase I Cost Payer Rate Emiss
Named

95 Yes 8 1 LSC $320M 1%


Southern Indiana Gas & 89 Yes 2 2 $180M
Elec. (SIGCO) 90 Yes 2 2 SCR $130M Cust. 10–15% 1.5M/T SO2

MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO


red. by 2000
95 Yes 2 2 SCR $103M Cust. 1–2.3%
Tampa Elec. Teco 89 Yes 1 0 Minimal
90 Yes 1 0 LSC Insig.
95 Yes 1 0 LSC, Allow Insig.
Union Electric 89 Yes 2 0 May be sub-
stant.
90 Yes 2 0 Net = 0
95 Yes 2 0 LSC, Allow $300M
Utilicorp 89 Yes 1 1 LSC $31M
90 Yes 1 1 LSC $40M
95 Yes 1 0 In comply
Virginia Elec. & Power 89 Yes 1 0 May be sig-
nif.
90 Yes 1 1 LSC, Allow $470M
$140M/yr
(Dominion Resources) 95 Yes 1 1 LSC, Allow $141M
Wisconsin Energy 89 Yes 2 0 $50M
90 Yes 2 0 LSC $25M 1%
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities
95 Yes 2 2 LSC $45.3M
WPL Holding Company 89 Yes 2 0 $8–16M
$7M ’93–’94
90 Yes 2 0 New equip $8–16M
$7M ’93–’94 Cust.
95 Yes 2 0 Not sig.
Wisconsin Public Service 89 Yes 1+ 0 In comply
90 Yes 1+ 1+ In comply
95 Yes 1+ 1+ LSC

Key: SCR = scrubbers; LSC = low sulfur coal; Allow = allowances; Cust. = customer; CC = clean coal technology; Not Mat. = not material;
INS = insurance.

87
88 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

Table 3. Comparison of Disclosure Scores 1990 and 1995.


Company Disclosure Score
Weighted Unweighted
1990 1995 1990 1995

Allegheny Power 6.4 8.4 3.2 4.2


American Elec. Power 8 10 4 5
Atlantic City Electric 8 5 4 3
Baltimore Gas & Elec. 8 6 4 3
Centerior 11 6 5 3
CIPSCO 12.2 7.2 5.6 3.6
Cinergy 6 6 3 3
CMS Energy 5 4 3 2
Commonwealth Ed. 8 5 4 3
DQE 8 1 4 1
Empire District 3 5 2 3
GPU 8 9 4 5
IE/IES 10 3 5 2
Iowa Power 3 3 2 2
Illinova 10 8 5 4
IPALCO 7 1 3 1
Interstate Power 7 5 4 3
Iowa-Ill/Mid-American 7 1 4 1
Kansas City P&L 6 4 3 2
Kentucky Util. 11.6 10 5.3 5
Lilco 3 6 2 3
NYSEG 9 7 4 2.5
Niagara Mohawk 5 8 3 4
Northeast Util. 4 9 2 4
NIPSCO 8 5 4 3
Northern States Pwr. 3 0 2 0
Ohio Edison 3 3 2 2
Penn. P&L 8 3 4 2
PEPCO 6 8 3 4
Southern Co. 9 9.25 4 4.125
SIGCO 13 13 6 6
TECO 5 5 3 3
Union Electric 4 6 2 3
Utilcorp 8 3 4 2
Virginia Power 8 8 4 4
Wisconsin Energy 6 8 3 4
Wisconsin P&L 8 3 4 2
Wisconsin Pub Serv. 5 5 3 3
Mean Score 7.1 5.8 3.6 3.0
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 89

and at 0.01 for the unweighted ones. We conclude from these results that 1995
disclosure levels were not better than those in 1990.
Pollution disclosures over different periods may be affected by several factors,
such as the level of pollution, the amount that plant emissions needed to be
reduced, and the number of targeted plants owned by the firm. To gain a better
understanding of pollution disclosures in 1995 compared to 1990, it is important
that disclosures be considered in conjunction with other factors.
We conducted an OLS regression estimation (Eq. (1)) by using a dummy
variable for 1990 and 1995. The disclosure index is the dependent variable, with
control variables relevant to disclosure included in the equation.
The regression outcome is presented in Panel A of Table 4.
The results indicate that the coefficient for dummy variable YEAR is negative.
Although the sign of the coefficient is in the correct direction to provide support
for the conclusion drawn from the t-tests, this difference is not statistically
significant. On the basis of these results, we cannot reject the null hypothesis,
even though the t-test results support such a rejection. The coefficient of the
PLEVEL variable is positive and statistically significant, suggesting that the level
of actual emissions influences the disclosure decision.

Impact of Firm-Specific Factors on Pollution Disclosures

To evaluate the impact of firm-specific factors on pollution disclosures in 1990


and 1995, we conducted separate OLS regressions for the two years using Eq. (2)
(shown previously). The results for these tests are contained in Panels B and C of
Table 4.
For both years the coefficients for the PLEVEL variable are positive and
statistically significant. This suggests a positive association between pollution
disclosures and pollution levels measured in terms of lbs./MMBTU emitted.
Coefficients for all the other variables are not statistically significant.
To see if the change in pollution disclosures between 1990 and 1995 was
influenced by firm-specific factors, we also conducted a regression analysis by
using a “change in pollution disclosures” indicator as the dependent variable (this
model is shown above as Eq. (3)). The results of this test are given in Table 5.
As noted in this tableau, the change in pollution emissions (PLEVEL) continues
to be a significantly important factor. The higher the pollution level, the higher the
level of disclosure. The significant coefficient of the PLANTS variable indicates
that there is a positive association between the number of targeted plants owned
by a firm and its pollution disclosures. This was the expected observation. The
variable of change in over/under emissions compared to allowances from 1990 to
90 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

Table 4. Regression Results for Combined 1990 and 1995 and Separately for
1990 and 1995.
POLit = ␣0 + ␤1 D YEARit + ␤2 PLEVELit + ␤3 PLANTSit
+ ␤4 DIF EMISSIONit + ␤5 PL CAPACITY + ␤6 SIZEit
+ ␤7 D SCRUBBERit + ␧it

Variable Coefficient Std. Error t-Stat Probability

Panel A 1990 and 1995 combined


Intercept 10.13377 8.487838 1.193916 0.23678
Year −0.186403 0.762251 −0.244543 0.80756
Plevel 0.810299 0.28842 2.809441 0.0065**
Plants 0.31251 0.233028 1.341086 0.18449
Dif Emission −2.89E−06 1.98E−06 −1.457503 0.14971
Capacity 0.017239 1.661743 0.010374 0.99175
Size −0.296973 0.384264 −0.772837 0.44237
Scrubber 0.872175 0.722864 1.206555 0.23191
Regression statistics
R2 0.282421
Adj R2 0.206315
F Significance F
3.710856 0.00192**
Panel B 1990
Intercept 14.68174 11.4034 1.287489 0.20776
Plevel 0.62731 0.340503 1.842305 0.0753*
Plants 0.318251 0.419505 0.758634 0.45399
Dif Emission −2.29E−06 2.88E−06 −0.793426 0.43376
Capacity 0.299628 2.199278 0.136239 0.89254
Size 0.486725 0.506282 −0.96137 0.34405
Scrubber 1.255159 1.026258 1.223044 0.23083
Regression statistics
R2 0.307866
Adj R2 0.169439
F Significance F
2.224033 0.0680*
Panel C 1995
Intercept 12.91177 14.94982 0.863674 0.39462
PLevel 1.393168 0.687896 2.02526 0.0518**
Plants 0.160302 0.35059 0.457236 0.65079
Dif Emission −1.2E−05 9.08E−06 −1.318827 0.19721
Capacity −0.356963 2.760713 −0.129301 0.89798
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 91

Table 4. (Continued )
Variable Coefficient Std. Error t-Stat Probability

Size −0.457038 0.690133 −0.662245 0.51286


Scrubber 0.680467 1.126429 0.604092 G0.55032
Regression statistics
R2 0.22334
Adj R2 0.068001
F Significance F
1.43782 0.233244
∗ Significant at the 0.10 level.
∗∗ Significant at the 0.05 level.

1995 has a significantly positive coefficient. This is indicative that a greater change
in the difference between actual emissions and allowances is positively associated
with greater pollution disclosures. A greater level of disclosure may be needed
to explain the nature of higher emissions and how the firm planned to reach CAA
compliance.

Table 5. Regression Results for the Change in Disclosures 1990–1995.


POLi = ␣0 + ␤1 PLEVELi + ␤2 PLANTSi + ␤3 90 − 95CHG EMISSIONi
+ ␤4 PL CAPACITYi + ␤5 SIZEit + ␤6 D SCRUBBERi + ␧it

Variable Coefficient Std. Error t Stat Probability

Intercept −10.84514661 15.959 −0.679557273 0.50217


PLEVEL −0.966359554 0.40163 −2.406089531 0.022**
Plants 1.407955112 0.58085 2.423921408 0.022**
ChgEmm 2.19E−05 7.00E−06 3.135144 0.0039**
Capacity −0.800876014 2.800257 −0.286000916 0.77691
Size 0.492052529 0.718747 0.684597384 0.49903
Scrubber −0.322205435 1.13378 −0.284185691 0.77828
Regression statistics
R2 0.343198316
Adj R2 0.184659978
F Significance F
2.164765453 0.0678*
∗ Significant at the 0.1 level.
∗∗ Significant at the 0.05 level.
92 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

These results support H1, H2, and H3 that pollution disclosures are positively
associated with the level of pollution emissions, number of targeted plants by a
firm, and over/under emissions compared to allowances.

Additional Analyses of Pollution Disclosures


Based on Different Pollution Levels

It seems that the pollution level and the amount of effort needed to meet the CAA
requirements played an important role in disclosure. In order to obtain additional
insight into the impact of pollution levels and clean-up efforts on pollution disclo-
sures, we compared pollution disclosures of firms at different levels of emissions.
We categorized the 38 firms into three groups based on the amount of cleanup
needed when the law was passed in 1990. These groups are: (1) firms in compli-
ance with CAA at the time of enactment having no reduction in emissions required;
(2) firms required to reduce emissions by the greatest amount; (3) firms required
to reduce their emissions, but by the least amount. Pollution disclosures for each
group are provided in Table 6.
Firms that were in compliance with CAA in 1990 are shown in Panel A of
Table 6. Presumably because these firms did not need any additional emission
reduction, their pollution disclosures were almost the same in 1995 and 1990.
Most of these firms recognized as early as 1989 that the first phase of the Clean Air
Act would not have a significant impact on them, their ratepayers, or shareholders.
Except for Long Island Lighting, these companies reported estimated or actual
costs of complying with the CAA requirement. The main cost for these firms was
the mandated installation of a continuous emission monitoring system and not for
further abatement of emissions.
By 1995, five of these firms also met the year 2000 SO2 standard of
1.2lbs./MMBTU. Only CMS Energy did not meet the standard in 1995, although,
interestingly, it did meet it in 1990. Finally, none of these companies disclosed
their actual sulfur dioxide emissions. Their disclosure index numbers are presented
in Panel B of Table 6. The mean score of the disclosure indices (weighted and
unweighted) shows that, on average, these firms made fewer disclosures in 1995
compared to 1990.
The firms whose plants had to reduce sulfur dioxide by the greatest aggregate
amount are included in Table 7. In general, these firms elected to reduce emissions
with the use of scrubbers and they realized early on that abatement costs might
be substantial.
Of the seven companies with the widest gap between actual 1990 emissions
and the 1995 standard, six estimated a cost that would turn out to be greater
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 93

Table 6. Disclosures Made by Companies of Plants in Compliance in 1990.


Panel A: Disclosure Categories
Company and Plant Quantitative Disclosures

1989 1990 1995

CMS Energy
JH Campbell Cannot determine No effect $25M
Kansas City P&L
Montrose Not material $16.6M $5.24M
Long Island Lighting
Port Jefferson Cannot determine Not significant Just cost of CEMS
Northport
Northern States Power
High Bridge Cannot determine In compliance No disclosure
Wisconsin Energy
North Oak Creek $50M $25M $45M
South Oak Creek
WPL Holdings
Nelson Dewey $8–12M $8–16M Insignificant
Panel B: Disclosure Index

Disclosure Index for Companies of Plants in Compliance in 1990

Weighted Unweighted
1990 1995 1990 1995

CMS Energy 5 4 3 2
Kansas City P&L 6 4 3 2
Long Island Lighting 3 6 2 3
Northern States Power 3 0 2 0
Wisconsin Energy 6 8 3 4
WPL Holdings 8 3 3 2
Average 5.2 4.2 3.2 2.2

than the total expenditures finally incurred. American Electric Power provides an
illustrative example of why this might have occurred. This company planned to
put a scrubber on its Gavin plant stacks, estimated the cost, and implemented the
strategy. The firm then used the excess allowances from the re-fitted Gavin plant to
cover its excess emissions at other plants, thereby reducing the overall cost below
that previously estimated. The other five companies either did not use a scrubber
(as they previously had intimated they would) or seriously overestimated the cost
94
Table 7. Pollution Disclosures of Companies that in 1990 Needed to Abate the Most SO2 .
Panel A: Disclosures

Company No. of Total Allowances Method of Abatement Differences in Cost Disc 89–95
Plants Abatement Needed
Needed in 1995 Proposed Actual Method 89, 90 95

MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO


American Elec. Power 9.5 662,031 217,994 SCR, LSC SCR, LSC, Allow ($200–800M) $480M
Southern Co. 8 443,665 2,009 SCR, LSC LSC $3B $420M
Allegheny Power 4.5 188,072 49,421 2 SCR SCR, Allow $2B $555M
Union Electric 2 125,587 1,596 No disc LSC, Allow Substantial(89) $300M
then 0 (90)
Commonwealth Edison 1 101,009 0 SCR, Allow LSC $450M No disc
Cinnergy 5 98,291 72,689 SCR, LSC LSC, Allow $1B $34M
Illinova 3 95,138 183,361 SCR, LSC Closed plant Allow $150–250M $24M
IPALCO 3 69,954 47,051 No disc No disc $2M–250M No disc
Penn Power & Light 3.5 62,665 0 LSC, Allow In Compliance No disc No disc
TECO 1 61,060 8,198 LSC Allow Insig. Insig.
Baltimore Gas & Elec. 1.5 57,517 0 SCR SCR, LSC $600M (89) not $174M
material (90)
NIPSCO 2 43,877 0 CC, SCR, LSC LSC $14M No disc
Kentucky Utilities 3 41,744 0 SCR, LSC SCR. LSC $130M $145M
Centerior 2.5 39,331 2,278 SCR, LSC LSC, Allow $100M-1.2B (89) $50M
$400–700M (90)
CIPSCO $20–50M (90) 3 38,273 6,760 CC, LSC LSC $120–200M (89) $76M
Ohio Edison 3.5 36,223 12,296 SCR, LSC In compliance No disc No disc
Sigco 2 29,784 10,702 SCR SCR $130–180M $103M
Utilicorp 1 29,730 0 LSC In compliance $31–40M No disc
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities
Panel B: Disclosure Index

Company Weighted Unweighted


1990 1995 1990 1995
American Electric Power 8 10 4 5
Southern Company 9 9.25 4 4.125
Allegheny Power 6.4 8.4 3.2 4.2
Union Electric 4 6 2 3
Commonwealth Edison 8 5 4 3
Cinergy 6 6 3 3
Illinova 10 8 5 4
Ipalco 7 1 3 1
Penn. Power & Light 8 3 4 2
TECO 5 5 3 3
Balt G&E 8 6 4 3
NIPSCO 8 5 4 3
Kentucky Utilities 11.6 10 5.3 5
Centerior 11 6 5 3
CIPSCO 12.2 7.2 5.6 3.6
Ohio Edison 3 3 2 2
Sigco 13 13 6 6
Utilicorp 8 3 4 2
Mean 8.1 6.4 3.9 3.3

Note: Total tons of SO2 over standard of plants exceeding the standard in 1995.

95
96 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

of implementing this control technique. An evaluation of Table 7 information,


together with Table 2 data, suggests that these firms expected ratepayers to cover
the cost of their abatement strategies. Since the estimated increase in rates is
a function of the expected abatement cost, these firms also overestimated the
expenditures that would have to be borne by ratepayers.
The disclosure index scores of these firms shown in Table 7 indicate that
companies in this category made the most extensive disclosures. The disclosure
scores are greater than the averages reported for the total sample. A comparison
of individual firms’ scores with an average score across all firms (see Table 3)
shows that weighted as well as unweighted scores for both years are greater than
the averages of the full sample.
Firms that had to reduce SO2 emissions by the least amount are shown in Table 8.
As to quantitative reporting, their disclosures were much less than high-abatement
firms. None of them disclosed in 1990 any plans to utilize a scrubber. However,
based on the reports of NYSEG, General Public Utilities, Niagara Mohawk, and
Virginia Electric and Power in 1989 or 1990, it is evident that they intended to
retro-fit plant stacks with scrubbers. Also interesting is the fact that some of the
firms had to reduce emissions by a relatively small amount, yet chose not to abate to
the CAA standard. Atlantic City Electric, for example, built a scrubber for the BL
England plant, but it must not have been fully operational in 1995. General Public
Utilities essentially continued to operate as it did in pre-CAA periods, making
use of allowances instead of incurring any costs to actually reduce emissions at
its plants.
Disclosure scores for this group are presented in Panel B of Table 8. An evalua-
tion of these scores shows that they are close to the averages for the whole sample.
They also indicate that firms with 1995 emissions at nearly the same level as in
1990 disclosed more pollution information in the later year than in the earlier one.

Interpretation of Results

This analysis of disclosures made by publicly owned electric utilities of the targeted
plants provides some evidence as to how their reporting was influenced by the CAA
emission requirements. The results show that disclosure extensiveness seems to
be a function of the firm’s need to reduce emissions.
The companies covered by this study – every one that was impacted by the
Clean Air Act’s first phase – generally made more extensive disclosures in 1990
than they did in 1995. In 1990, these firms were trying to assess the impact of
CAA on their performance and were formulating a strategy to meet the CAA
requirements. Many of them reported a worst-case scenario in 1990 (e.g. installing
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities
Table 8. Pollution Disclosures of Remaining Companies that in 1990 Needed to Abate SO2 (Least to Most).
Panel A: Disclosures

Company No. of Total Allowances Method of Abatement Differences in Cost Disc 89–95
Plants Abatement Needed
Needed in 1995 Proposed Actual Method 89, 90 95

Wisconsin PSC 1 3,355 0 In compliance In compliance No disc No disc


Mid-American Energy 1 4,245 0 Gas, LSC No disc No disc No disc
Northeast Utility 1 6,954 3939 No disc No disc None $41M
Interstate Power 1 5,351 0 LSC LSC No disc No disc
Atlantic City Elec. 1 9,935 939 No disc SCR Substantial No disc
Empire District Elec. 1 10,8850 LSC Allow No disc No disc
IES Industries 3 11,727 1,232 LSC LSC, Allow $6M No disc
NYSEG 2 13,407 2,284 No disc SCR $250–350M $115M
General Pubic Util. 2 15,453 15,443 No disc SCR, LSC, Allow $675–1B $234M
Niagara Mohawk 1 17,117 7,920 LSC In compliance $300M $37M
Virginia Elec. Power 1 17,473 0 LSC, Allow LSC, Allow $470M $140M
DQE 2.5 23,158 835 CC No disc $50M No disc
Potomac Electric 2 23,847 0 New equipment LSC New equipment LSC $190M $36.2M
Panel B: Disclosure Index

Company Weighted Unweighted


1990 1995 1990 1995
Wisconsin PSC 8 3 3 2
Mid-American Energy 7 1 4 1
Northeast Utility 4 9 2 4
Interstate Power 7 7 4 3
Atlantic City Electric 8 5 4 3
Empire Dist. 3 5 2 3
IES Ind. 10 3 5 2
NYSEG 9 7 4 2.5
GPU 8 9 4 5
Niagara Mohawk 5 8 3 4
VA Elect Power 8 8 4 4
Potomac Elec. 6 8 3 4
Average 7.0 6.0 3.5 3.2

97
98 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

stack scrubbers and incurring high abatement costs) when, in hindsight, there
were few new scrubbers installed and the costs were not nearly as great as had
been anticipated. A possible motivation (beyond simple “conservatism”) was that
they were setting the stage for future rate hikes no matter what set of expenditure
outcomes actually occurred. In a sense, the firms were warning stakeholders and
public utility commissions about the potential consequences of the Clean Air Act.
By 1995, with the costs already incurred (except for acquiring more allowances),
there was no further need to disclose differentially greater amounts of information.
Although firms that needed to reduce emissions by similar amounts tended to
provide the same level of disclosure, there still was much reporting variation. With
this differential disclosure, stakeholders may have found it difficult to compare
the impact of the CAA across companies in the industry. In general, investors
and creditors probably would have been wary (even though companies stated that
ratepayers would bear the costs) due to the substantial expenditures that many
firms claimed would be made.
Differential pollution disclosures also might send confusing signals to em-
ployees. The heavy costs that initially were estimated to be needed to meet the
emission requirements might have created fear of plant generation cutbacks or
closing. Plant closings, reduction of output at some facilities, and changing fuel
at others, surely would have impacted employees. If financial statements (or any
public documents) were the main source of information about the potential impact
of this law, employees might well have felt insecure regarding their job situation.
Since ratepayers were expected to bear the costs of CAA-required abatement,
initial cost estimates also created uncertainty. When firms resolved their abatement
problems using low-sulfur coal, most of these fears subsided. The inadequacy of
disclosure in 1995, however, created additional uncertainties for all stakeholders.
Firms would be better advised to keep stakeholders adequately informed about
pollution emissions and meeting the requirements for CAA Phase 2.

CONCLUSION
The first phase implementation of Title IV of the Clean Air Act of 1990 appears to
have achieved its goal concerning reduction of sulfur dioxide emissions. Overall,
those electric utility plants targeted in this phase did reduce average emissions
below the 2.5lbs/MMBTU standard. Although a total SO2 emissions reduction
has been achieved, at the individual plant level success has been somewhat mixed.
Thirty of the 90 plants whose emission level was greater than 2.5lbs/MMBTU in
1990 were still emitting above that level in 1995. And despite the fact that extensive
use of the allowance system has been made by the targeted plant owners, 51% of
Pollution Disclosures by Electric Utilities 99

the emissions reduction was achieved by using other techniques, mainly through
substitution of low-sulfur coal – an alternative that existed before the legislative
mandate of 1990.
With regard to disclosure, the findings in this study indicate that reporting on
a voluntary basis has not been a particularly adequate response to stakeholders’
information needs. The findings suggest that some firm-specific pollution-related
factors played a role in management’s pollution disclosure strategy. A positive
association was detected between pollution disclosures and the level of effort
needed to meet the emission standard, the number of plants that a firm was
required to clean up to meet the CAA mandate, and the differences between actual
pollution and allowances granted to the firm under CAA.
Unlike the conclusions reached in nearly all previous studies in this area, our
results can be interpreted to suggest that there is an association between the firm’s
pollution control strategy and its disclosure strategy. More evidence is needed
before we can generalize this finding to other industries and different scenarios.
Still, these results come from a large and robust study. They indicate a shift in
management policy regarding disclosure such that we can foresee a future in
which it is likely that disclosure efforts will be associated more closely with the
efforts needed to control environmental degradation.
Yet, if there is no additional evidence to support pollution disclosures on a
voluntary basis, especially reporting commensurate with the efforts needed to
control pollutions, the imposition of mandatory disclosures requires evaluation.
Adequate pollution disclosures should be provided so that stakeholders are able
to make proper assessments of the firm’s pollution performance in light of the
efforts needed to reach the desirable level of pollution performance. Mandating
performance without mandating disclosure might not be the most useful public
policy posture when it comes to matters of environmental protection.

REFERENCES
Burr, M. (1991). Teaming up on clean coal. Independent Energy (February), 33.
Clarkson, M. (1991). The moral dimension of corporate social responsibility. In: R. Coughlin (Ed.),
Morality, Rationality & Efficiency (pp. 185–196). MC Sharpe.
Freedman, M., & Jaggi, B. (1982). Pollution disclosures, pollution performance and economic perfor-
mance. OMEGA (2nd Quarter), 167–176.
Freedman, M., & Jaggi, B. (1986). An analysis of the impact of corporate pollution performance
included in annual financial statements on investors’ decisions. Advances in Public Interest
Accounting, 1, 193–212.
Freedman, M., & Jaggi, B. (1993). Air and water pollution regulation: Accomplishments and economic
consequences. Westport, CT: Quorum.
100 MARTIN FREEDMAN, BIKKI JAGGI AND A. J. STAGLIANO

Gray, R., Owen, D. L., & Maunders, K. (1991). Accountability, corporate social reporting and the
external social audits. Advances in Public Interest Accounting, 4, 1–21.
Guthrie, J., & Parker, L. (1990). Corporate social disclosure practice: A comparative international
analysis. Advances in Public Interest Accounting, 3, 159–175.
Ingram, R. (1978). An investigation of the information content (certain) social responsibility disclosure.
Journal of Accounting Research (Autumn), 270–285.
Ingram, R., & Frazier, K. (1980). Environmental performance and corporate disclosure. Journal of
Accounting Research (Autumn), 614–622.
Kahn, J. (1995). The economic approach to environmental and natural resources. Ft. Worth, TX:
Dryden Press.
Mill, J. S. (1970). Principles of political economy. London: Pelican Books.
Patten, D. (1991). Exposure, legitimacy and social disclosure. Journal of Accounting and Public Policy,
10, 297–308.
Patten, D. (1992). Intra-industry environmental disclosures in response to the Alaskan oil spill: A note
on legitimacy theory. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 17, 471–475.
Rawls, J. (1971). A theory of justice. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press.
Rockness, J. (1985). An assessment of the relationship between U.S. corporate environmental perfor-
mance and disclosure. Journal of Business Finance and Accounting (Autumn), 334–354.
Shabecoff, P. (1989). Bush is talking, congress is shifting an emergence of political wills on acid rain.
New York Times (February 19), 5.
Smock, R. (1990). Acid rain bills point to well-scrubbers retrofits. Power Engineering (July), 34.
Ullmann, A. (1985). Data in search of a theory. Academy of Management Review (July), 540–547.
U.S.E.P.A. (1990). The clean air act amendments of 1990: Summary materials. Washington, DC:
Government Printing Office.
Wiseman, J. (1982). An evaluation of environmental disclosures made in corporate annual reports.
Accounting, Organizations and Society, 7(1), 53–63.
FINANCIAL ANALYSTS’ VIEWS OF
THE VALUE OF ENVIRONMENTAL
INFORMATION

Herbert G. Hunt III and D. Jacque Grinnell

ABSTRACT
One question of interest to several different groups is whether capital markets
value environmental information and, if so, to what extent this information
is incorporated into security valuation models. This paper addresses these
questions by reporting on a survey of financial analysts and other influential
members of the financial community with respect to their knowledge of
various types of environmental information and their use of this information
in security analysis. The results, while exploratory in nature, indicate a
surprising lack of knowledge among the respondents concerning various
organizations and reporting initiatives that are well known in environmental
circles. A pervasive theme running through the results suggests that while
most analysts do not explicitly incorporate environmental variables into
their evaluation models, for those that do, their focus is on downside risk
rather than upside potential. The results suggest that the reluctance to
make widespread use of environmental information is due, at least partly,
to concern with the reliability of the available information. This suggests
that more work needs to be done to communicate relevant and reliable
environmental performance information to the investment community.

Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management


Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management, Volume 2, 101–120
Copyright © 2004 by Elsevier Ltd.
All rights of reproduction in any form reserved
ISSN: 1479-3598/doi:10.1016/S1479-3598(03)02004-1
101
102 HERBERT G. HUNT III AND D. JACQUE GRINNELL

INTRODUCTION
Some environmentalists, academics, business consultants, and corporate managers
claim that following environmentally-friendly or environmentally-sustainable
practices is good, not only for the soul, but also for the “bottom line.” Alternatively,
others claim “eco-efficiency does not pay and that a few big companies are driving
up environmental standards to squeeze out less well capitalized competitors”
(Schmidheiny & Zorraquin, 1998, p. 67). The detractors also argue that, regardless
of what proponents say, most of what gets done in the environmental field is
simply driven by regulations, or threat of regulations.
Whether or not following environmentally-friendly practices leads to enhanced
economic performance is, ultimately, an empirical question. Existing studies
present evidence and arguments on both sides of the debate as to the economic
merits of eco-efficiency. For example, some researchers have reported positive
correlations between environmental performance, variously defined, and measures
of firm profitability (e.g. Hart & Ahuja, 1996; Russo & Fouts, 1997; Toms, 1999)
and shareholder value (e.g. Blumberg et al., 1998; Cohen et al., 1995; Dowell
et al., 2000; Feldman et al., 1997; Yamashita et al., 1999). Alternatively, others
have suggested that few companies realize any economic payback from their
environmental investments (e.g. Walley & Whitehead, 1994).
At this point, it remains unclear to many observers whether environmental
performance and financial performance are positively related in any systematic
way and, if so, whether a cause and effect relationship can be gleaned from
the evidence (Garrity et al., 2002). However, a report by the Environmental
Capital Markets Committee of the National Advisory Council for Environmental
Policy and Technology states that “(a) significant body of research shows a
moderate positive correlation between a firm’s environmental performance and
its financial performance – regardless of the variables used to represent each kind
of performance, the technique used to analyze the relationship, or the date of
the study” (2000, p. 1). Despite this evidence of a positive relationship between
environmental and financial performance, the Committee goes on to observe that
the “capital markets have been slow to incorporate environmental information
into mainstream investment decision-making” (2000, p. 1). Furthermore,

The environment is currently seen by analysts and fund managers as a legal (compliance)
or emotional/ethical issue; it is not perceived to be a decisive factor of quality manage-
ment; its financial impact is deemed to be immaterial; the information provided by the
corporate sector lacks credibility; and there is insufficient demand side market pressure
within the financial community itself to integrate this issue into regular investment analysis
(Suranyi, 1999, p. v).
Financial Analysts’ Views of the Value of Environmental Information 103

As suggested by the above, the reason for the reluctance of the capital markets to
fully incorporate environmental information into security valuation models may be
that influential market participants such as financial analysts view environmental
information as either irrelevant, or as too unreliable. Indeed, “The vast majority of
investment managers . . . view most environmental concerns . . . as utterly irrelevant
to their jobs. Such issues, unless defined by the law or given a number in the
accounts, are for them simply out of play” (Schmidheiny & Zorraquin, 1998, p. 79).
Currently, little evidence is available regarding the views of financial analysts,
as representatives of the investment community, regarding matters such as the
existence of an environmental-financial performance link, the importance and
use of environmental performance variables for valuing securities, their sources
of environmental information, and the adequacy of firm-level public reporting
and disclosures related to environmental matters. Most of the available evidence
is based on limited-scope surveys using small sample sizes and, in one case,
included only London-based analysts. The current study is designed to examine
the financial community’s use of environmental information by analyzing financial
analysts’ views of the value and use of such information in their work. Specifically,
we present the results of an exploratory survey of a large sample of U.S.-based
financial analysts regarding their views on the issues discussed above and provide
preliminary insights in this area. The survey results reveal that respondents: (1) are
relatively unfamiliar with well-known environmental organizations and initiatives
associated with environmental issues as they relate to the corporate world; (2)
do not feel that an aggressive environmental stance will lead to a higher stock
price but agree that an aggressive approach to environmental protection leads to
reduced investment risk and lower cost of capital; (3) generally do not incorporate
measures of environmental performance into their valuation models due, at least
in part, to the lack of reliable measures of environmental performance; (4) agreed
somewhat that financial analysts should use environmental indicators when
valuing securities and that there currently is a gap between what should be done
in this regard, and what is actually done in practice;1 and (5) do not routinely
ask corporate managers about the contributions of their environmental programs
to their firms’ cash flows. The results also indicate that on some of the issues
examined in this survey, differences exist among sub-groups of the respondents
when they are partitioned based on years of experience and based on whether
they consider themselves as “generalists” or “specialists.”
The remainder of the paper proceeds as follows. The next section briefly exam-
ines previous work done in this area followed by a description of the survey used
in the current study. We then present an analysis and discussion of the results. The
final section provides a summary and concluding comments.
104 HERBERT G. HUNT III AND D. JACQUE GRINNELL

PREVIOUS STUDIES
As pointed out above, limited evidence exists concerning financial analysts’
knowledge and use of environmental information. Much of what does exist is
based on three limited-scope surveys performed in the mid to late 1990s. One
of these surveys is described in a working paper by Gentry and Fernandez
(1996) produced by the United Nations Development Programme (Committee
on Industrial Environmental Performance Metrics, 1999). The survey included
between 16 and 20 questions directed towards selected Fortune 500 chief financial
officers and financial analysts concerning their use of environmental information
in assessing companies’ relative strengths. The researchers found that while
a small percentage of respondents make use of environmental performance
data, the majority pay little attention to it in their work. For example, both
analysts and CFOs ranked environmental spending as least important among 10
quantitative factors potentially useful in analyzing a company. Similarly, they
ranked corporate environmental policy last among six qualitative factors.2 When
asked to rank the significance of various factors hindering the incorporation
of environmental information into company analyses, the respondents ranked
as most significant inadequate sources of useful data, lack of quantifiable data,
unreliability of available environmental data and lack of tools for quantifying
environmental data.
In a survey sponsored by Extel Financial and a group called Business in the
Environment, researchers solicited the opinions of 85 top London analysts cover-
ing 28 different business sectors (Schmidheiny & Zorraquin, 1998). Among other
things, this survey found that the respondents generally didn’t concern themselves
with environmental issues “because they did not perceive them as relevant in
assessing companies” (Schmidheiny & Zorraquin, 1998, p. 93). Almost half of
the analysts said they never used any source of environmental information, half
said they distrust company figures on environmental initiatives, and less than 20%
considered companies’ environmental policies as important. On the other hand,
the analysts predicted that environmental issues would become more important
in their work in the future. Schmidheiny and Zorraquin (1998) concluded that the
survey findings can best be summed up with the thought that “when environmental
issues have a quantifiable financial impact (or a price), then analysts consider
them important, and impacts are taken into account, despite poor data” (p. 93).
Some collateral evidence of the value and use of environmental information
is provided by Soyka and Feldman (1998). Those authors report the results of a
limited survey of mutual fund managers regarding the equity and debt valuation
implications of environmental factors. The authors found some support for in-
vestors’ willingness to pay a “premium” for the equity and debt of companies that
Financial Analysts’ Views of the Value of Environmental Information 105

invest in environmental health and safety improvements that create incremental


value for the firm. That finding is somewhat at odds with those of the two earlier
surveys mentioned above. For example, Gentry and Fernandez (1996) reported
that only 17% of analysts and 25% of CFOs felt that investors would pay a
premium for a firm with an exceptional environmental program whereas 70%
of analysts and 75% of CFOs indicated that investors would apply a discount
in valuing companies with poor environmental performance. The focus on the
downside of environmental issues is also evident in the survey of British analysts in
which 69% of respondents mentioned concern with environmental liability costs
while fewer than 20% stated that a firm’s environmental policies are important
in their work.

METHODS AND PROCEDURES

As a first step in the development of the survey instrument used in the current
study, a 15-item questionnaire was mailed to 30 non-service sector equity
analysts in the Northeast U.S. in the spring of 1999. Included in this pilot study
were questions concerning the analysts’ use of environmental performance
information and non-quantitative data and whether they had observed a link
between environmental performance and stock price. We also solicited their
opinions on the availability and reliability of firm environmental performance
data and whether such data should be used in valuing equity securities. Nine of
the analysts returned completed questionnaires and their responses and comments
were used to develop the 24-item survey instrument used in the current study.
Given our objective of obtaining the views of a significant number of influential
members of the investment community, we requested permission to survey
the members of three large professional analysts groups: (1) the Association
for Investment Management and Research (AIMR); (2) the New York Society
of Security Analysts (NYSSA); and (3) the Boston Security Analysts Society
(BSAS). The NYSSA granted us permission to survey its members and provided
us with a list containing their names and addresses.3
The NYSSA mailing list was parsed based on self-reported titles in order to
identify individuals whom we believed were in a position to knowledgeably com-
ment on the issues raised in the questionnaire. To this end, we focused primarily
on persons who identified themselves as equity analysts, credit analysts, fixed
income analysts, directors of research, and mutual fund or portfolio managers. A
cover letter explaining the purpose of the study and the questionnaire were sent
to 3,996 individuals. We received a total of 323 responses, of which 315 were
usable, yielding an effective response rate of 7.9%. Due to budget constraints, no
106 HERBERT G. HUNT III AND D. JACQUE GRINNELL

Table 1. Characteristics of Analysts Sampled.


Number %

Title/responsibilities
Equity analyst 98 31.11
Credit analyst 21 6.67
Fixed income analyst 20 6.35
Mergers & acquisitions analyst 5 1.59
Director of research 6 1.90
Mutual fund or portfolio manager 98 31.11
Multiple titles/responsibilities 36 11.43
Other 31 9.84
Total 315 100.00
Years of experience as investment specialist
1–5 years 56 17.78
6–10 years 63 20.00
10–20 years 77 24.44
More than 20 years 116 36.83
No response 3 00.95
Total 315 100.00

follow-up reminder was sent to people who did not respond to the initial mailing.4
Some demographics of the respondents are presented in Table 1. In addition to the
information shown in Table 1, 148 of the respondents (47.0%) described them-
selves as “generalists” while 135 (47.9%) indicated that they followed one or more
specific industries.

SUMMARY AND INTERPRETATION OF RESULTS


Aggregate Analyses

In addition to three questions related to information about the respondent, the sur-
vey instrument included 24 items that address a variety of issues related primarily
to firms’ environmental performance and their public disclosure of environmental
information. The first of these asked the respondents to indicate whether or not
they were familiar with each of six organizations or initiatives that are well known
in environmental circles for their association with environmental issues as they re-
late to individual firms. The results are summarized in Table 2. As the table shows,
the analysts indicated a surprising lack of familiarity with these organizations
Financial Analysts’ Views of the Value of Environmental Information 107

Table 2. Analysts’ Familiarity with Selected Organizations and Initiatives


Associated with Environmental Issues.
Name of Organization or Initiative Respondents Indicating Familiarity
Number % Total (315)

Investor Responsibility Research Center (IRRC) 65 20.63


International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 88 27.94
Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies (CERES) 42 13.33
Council on Economic Priorities (CEP) 35 11.11
Public Environmental Reporting Initiative (PERI) 9 2.86
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) 26 8.25

and initiatives. This evidence provides one indication that environmental perfor-
mance is not currently a major issue in the minds of the investment community
at large.
A majority of the remaining items in the survey instrument required the analyst
to respond to a variety of statements on a seven-point scale ranging from strongly
disagree (1) to strongly agree (7), with 4 indicating a neutral position. One
subset of four items related to the analyst’s perception about the linkage between
firm environmental performance and either economic performance or risk. The
means, standard deviations and 2-tailed significance levels for these statements
are displayed in Table 3.5 On balance, the analysts slightly disagree that good
environmental performance, beyond the threshold level needed to comply with the
law, will positively affect the firm’s stock price. On the other hand, the respondents
agree somewhat that good environmental performance reduces risk and lowers
the firm’s cost of capital and that greater availability of reliable information about
firm environmental performance will lessen the perceived risk of investment
in firms with good environmental performance or aggressive environmental
strategies. Overall, the results reported in Table 3 suggest that analysts tend
to focus on downside risk as opposed to upside potential when it comes to
environmental matters. This observation is based on the fact that the respondents
disagreed with the statement dealing with upside potential, but tended to agree
with the three statements relating to financial risk. This finding is consistent with
analysts’ focus on downside risk reported in earlier studies and discussed in the
previous section.
Another subset of seven items related to analysts’ use of environmental perfor-
mance measures in security valuation. These statements, along with a summary
of the responses are presented in Table 4. The results indicate that respondents
weakly agree that they should use environmental performance indicators and that
108 HERBERT G. HUNT III AND D. JACQUE GRINNELL

Table 3. Analysts’ Beliefs about the Existence of a Linkage Between Firm


Environmental Performance and Economic Performance.
Statement Number of Meana Significanceb
Responses (Std. Dev.)

(1) If a firm has good environmental performance (i.e. 314 3.72 (1.46) 0.001
acts aggressively in terms of having a pollution
prevention strategy that goes beyond governmental
compliance), it will have a higher stock price
(compared to a firm that simply complies with the
law)
(2) An investment in a company known for its aggressive 313 4.36 (1.68) 0.000
approach to environmental protection is a less risky
investment than that of a company that is not
(3) Environmentally responsible companies create 313 4.48 (1.57) 0.000
additional value through being less risky business
entities with a lower cost of capital
(4) If the amount of reliable information pertaining to 313 4.61 (1.56) 0.000
environmental performance becomes more readily
available to the capital markets, it will result in a
lower perceived risk of investment in firms with
good environmental performance or proactive
environmental strategies
a Mean response based on a seven point scale with 1 = strongly disagree and 7 = strongly agree.
b Significance levels are based on a 2-tailed dependent sample t-test that the mean response was equal
to 4 (i.e. neutral).

there is a gap between what should be done and what is actually done in practice
in this regard. The mean response of 5.29 to statement 3 indicates that respondents
who believe there is a gap also believe that the gap is due to difficulty in obtaining
reliable environmental performance information. The mean response to statement
4 indicating that the analysts do not incorporate measures of environmental
performance into their own valuation models despite agreeing that they “should”
do so (statement 1), provides further evidence of this gap. Although the mean
response to statement 5 is consistent with the findings of Gentry and Fernandez
(1996) discussed earlier, it is not significant at conventional levels. The responses
to the last two statements in Table 4 suggest that, while the analysts do not
routinely ask corporate managers about the effect of environmental programs on
cash flows, they think that corporate managers who believe their environmental
initiatives create value will voluntarily communicate that view.
A follow-up question asked the respondents to identify, from a given list
of variables, those that they consider in evaluating a firm’s environmental
Financial Analysts’ Views of the Value of Environmental Information 109

Table 4. Analysts’ Use of Environmental Performance Measures.


Statement No. of Meana Significanceb
Responses (Std. Dev.)

(1) Financial analysts should use environmental 314 4.17 (1.60) 0.067
performance indicators when valuing securities
(2) There is a gap between what should be done and 290 4.20 (1.56) 0.030
what is actually done in practice with regard to the
use of environmental performance indicators in
valuation models
(3) If you believe there is a gap, it is due to difficulty in 129 5.29 (1.25) 0.000
obtaining reliable information
(4) I incorporate measures of environmental 315 2.97 (1.70) 0.000
performance in my valuation model used to assess
firms
(5) If you do not incorporate environmental information 268 4.16 (1.74) 0.142
in your assessment, it is because of the lack of, or
difficulty in obtaining, reliable measures of
environmental performance
(6) As part of my normal interaction with corporate 306 2.93 (1.61) 0.000
managers, I routinely ask them about the
contribution of their environmental programs to the
firms’ cash flow
(7) Corporate managers who believe that their firms’ 308 4.72 (1.45) 0.000
environmental activities create value tend to
communicate this view even if I fail to ask them
about such activities
a Mean response based on a seven point scale with 1 = strongly disagree and 7 = strongly agree.
b Significance levels are based on a 2-tailed dependent sample t-test that the mean response was equal
to 4 (i.e. neutral).

performance. The results are presented in Table 5. The most widely used
measure is “environmental liabilities” (considered by approximately 74% of the
respondents to this question). The next most used variables are size (61%) and
number (53%) of fines and penalties associated with environmental violations.
The results reported in Table 5 again suggest that, when analysts do consider
environmental variables in their evaluations, their focus is mainly on downside risk
rather than upside potential, a point made above with respect to the results reported
in Table 3. This downside orientation by analysts has also been observed by other
researchers as noted in the last section. For example, in the study of London
analysts, “Environmental issues were perceived mainly in terms of liabilities:
69% (of surveyed analysts) mentioned the financial consequences of incurring
environmental liability costs, with cleanup costs featuring high among concerns”
110 HERBERT G. HUNT III AND D. JACQUE GRINNELL

Table 5. Variables Considered by Analysts in Evaluating Environmental


Performance.
Variable Considered Number of As Percent of As Percent of
Respondents Respondents to Respondents to
Indicating Use This Question (257) Survey (315)

Environmental liabilities 190 73.93 60.32


Size of fines and penalties 158 61.15 50.16
Number of fines and penalties 137 53.31 43.49
Expenditures for pollution prevention 96 37.35 30.48
Number of superfund sites 90 35.02 28.57
Comprehensiveness of company’s 88 34.24 27.94
environmental program
Emissions 80 31.13 25.40
Waste reduction programs 66 25.68 20.95
Other 24 9.34 7.62

(Schmidheiny & Zorraquin, 1998, p. 92). Interestingly, the 69% figure in the Lon-
don study closely matches the 74% figure reported in Table 5 for the current study.
In a significant paper examining the link between environmental performance and
shareholder value, Blumberg et al. (1998, p. 9) state, “Financial markets have hith-
erto generally recognized only negative environmental performance.” The EPA
study by the Environmental Capital Markets Committee (2000) referred to earlier
also cited a similar focus on downside risk among analysts. Specifically, “The
traditional perception of equity investment analysts is that if environmental strate-
gies matter at all in a firm’s financial performance, they do so in terms of liabilities
and risks” (p. 5). Thus, the results presented in Tables 3 and 5, in conjunction with
earlier studies, suggest that analysts tend to focus on environmental compliance
as the important issue rather than whether or not a firm is pursuing a proactive
environmental strategy.
We also asked the respondents to identify, again from a given list, the sources
they use to obtain environmental information. The results are shown in Table 6.
Annual reports to shareholders and SEC reports were the most often cited sources
(by nearly 87% of the analysts who responded to the question). This heavy
reliance on annual and SEC reports as sources of environmental information is
consistent with the emphasis placed on environmental liabilities as a variable
to be considered in evaluating environmental performance (discussed above)
since these reports are the primary source of such information. This finding
also reinforces the observation made above that analysts appear to be focusing
on downside risk, or primarily on information that clearly shows the financial
Financial Analysts’ Views of the Value of Environmental Information 111

Table 6. Environmental Information Sources used by Analysts.


Type of Information Source Number of As Percent of As Percent of
Respondents Indicating Respondents to Respondents to
Use of Source This Question (260) Survey (315)

Annual reports & reports to the 226 86.92 71.75


SEC
Management interviews 160 61.54 50.79
Proxy statements 77 29.62 24.44
Third party reports (e.g. IRRC, 67 25.77 21.27
CEP)
EPA reports 47 18.08 14.92
General media, financial press, 36 13.85 11.43
industry publications
Environmental progress reports 34 13.08 10.79
Other 13 5.00 4.13

implications of environmental matters. Management interviews were also often


cited as an information source by a majority of the respondents (61.5%).
Interestingly, while a recent report found that 35% of the Fortune Global 250
had published separate environmental progress reports (Kolk et al., 2001), only
13% of the analysts who responded to this question in our survey indicated they
used such reports in their work. This result is somewhat surprising in light of
international initiatives to encourage these types of reports (e.g. CERES guidelines
and, most recently, the Global Reporting Initiative) and the increasing number
of companies that are issuing such reports (e.g. see Bebbington & Gray, 2000).
Their relatively low usage could stem from their lack of comparability due to the
absence of standardized environmental reporting standards or from concerns with
their credibility since they typically are not verified by independent third parties
(Beets & Souther, 1999). Furthermore, issuers of separate environmental reports
often identify groups other than shareholders as primary target audiences for such
reports. One such audience identified by U.S. and European companies is the
issuing firms’ own employees (Cairncross, 1995; Lober et al., 1997). To the extent
that firms target environmental reports primarily to their employees, and view
shareholders as secondary users, analysts are justified in their skepticism con-
cerning the reliability and relevance of the reports. As Cairncross (1995, p. 207)
points out, “If environmental reports are to be useful to shareholders, they need to
give more information on the links between environmental policy and corporate
performance.”
A final subset of items in our survey addressed issues concerning public report-
ing and disclosures related to environmental matters. A summary of the results
112 HERBERT G. HUNT III AND D. JACQUE GRINNELL

Table 7. Analysts’ Views on Public Reporting and Disclosures Related to


Environmental Matters.
Statement No. of Meana Significanceb
Responses (Std. Dev.)

(1) The accounting numbers in financial statements 301 2.87 (1.35) 0.000
adequately reflect the financial implications of
environmental performance, thereby making it
unnecessary to consider environmental performance
as a separate factor in valuing a firm
(2) FASB and SEC liability recognition and disclosure 298 3.77 (1.38) 0.004
requirements related to environmental matters are
adequate
(3) Firms are generally complying with FASB and SEC 297 4.65 (1.19) 0.000
reporting requirements related to environmental
matters
(4) It is important for firms to endorse the CERES 278 4.03 (1.10) 0.624
principles
(5) There should be standardized reporting on 292 4.50 (1.50) 0.000
environmental performance (such as that established
by CERES or proposed by the GRI)
(6) It is important for firms to have their environmental 300 4.63 (1.63) 0.000
performance reports verified by independent third
parties
a Mean response based on a seven point scale with 1 = strongly disagree and 7 = strongly agree.
b Significance levels are based on a 2-tailed dependent sample t-test that the mean response was equal
to 4 (i.e. neutral).

related to this area of inquiry is presented in Table 7. The respondents disagree


with the view that a company’s financial statements adequately reflect the finan-
cial implications of environmental performance, thereby making it unnecessary to
consider environmental performance as a separate element in valuing a firm. They
also disagree somewhat that FASB and SEC liability recognition and disclosure
requirements related to environment matters are adequate. However, the respon-
dents agree with the view that firms are generally complying with existing FASB
and SEC reporting requirements related to environmental matters.
These results are somewhat at odds with empirical studies suggesting that,
when it comes to environmental matters, many firms are not in compliance
with SEC reporting and disclosure rules (Repetto & Austin, 2000) and that
others use differential disclosure policies depending on the composition of the
financial statement users (Ely & Stanny, 1999). For example, Repetto and Austin
(2000) analyzed the reporting and disclosure practices of firms in the pulp and
Financial Analysts’ Views of the Value of Environmental Information 113

paper industry and concluded that “Despite evidence that environmental issues
can affect companies’ financial performance, review of companies’ financial
statements reveals that disclosure of such material risks and uncertainties has
been inadequate . . . (and that) . . . the SEC’s enforcement efforts in this area have
been minimal” (pp. ix–x). Ely and Stanny (1999) examined how (quantitatively
vs. qualitatively) and where (annual reports vs. 10K reports) firms disclosed
information on the number of sites for which it had been named as a potentially
responsible party (PRP). The authors found differences in reporting practices
between types of shareholders and analyst following, leading them to conclude
that equal access to potentially material financial information is not provided by
firms named as PRPs and that the financial statement users determine the level of
detail that firms disclose in their annual reports and 10Ks. Thus, while the analysts
in our study appear to be aware that they may need to go beyond a firm’s financial
statements to get a complete picture of the financial implications of environmental
matters, they incorrectly assume that firms are currently complying with existing
regulatory reporting and disclosure requirements.
With respect to environmental performance reporting, the respondents are
neutral about the importance of having firms endorse the CERES principles. There
is some agreement that there should be standardized reporting on environmental
performance and that it is important for firms to have their environmental
performance reports verified by independent third parties. These results are
consistent with those of the survey of London analysts that found that only one
third of those respondents felt that current environmental disclosure and reporting
levels are sufficient if environmental issues ever become a significant part of
routine firm assessment and valuation. Similarly, 54% of the London analysts
indicated that external verification of corporate environmental information would
be useful (Schmidheiny & Zorraquin, 1998, p. 93).

Additional Analyses

In addition to the aggregate results summarized above, we also examined potential


differences among sub-groups of the respondents. Specifically, we analyzed mean
response values for all survey items contained in Tables 3, 4 and 7 for analysts
grouped by years of experience and industry following (i.e. “generalist” vs. fol-
lowing one or more specific industries). One-way ANOVA tests were performed
on the sub-groups to test for statistical significance. With the survey respondents
grouped by years of experience, there are statistically significant differences (at the
0.10 level) in mean responses for four of the survey statements. When the analysts
are grouped as “generalists” or “specialists,” differences emerge with respect to
114 HERBERT G. HUNT III AND D. JACQUE GRINNELL

Table 8. Group Mean Responses Based on Analysts’ Years of Experience as an


Investment Specialist.a
Statement Total Groupc F-Value
Referenceb Sample I II III IV (Significance)d

Table 3, Stmt. 1 3.72 (1.46) 3.73 (1.50) 3.40 (1.31) 3.60 (1.51) 3.95 (1.47) 2.154 (0.093)
Table 4, Stmt. 4 2.97 (1.70) 2.64 (1.65) 2.78 (1.73) 2.78 (1.72) 3.32 (1.63) 2.985 (0.031)
Table 4, Stmt. 6 2.93 (1.61) 2.75 (1.54) 2.56 (1.45) 2.73 (1.64) 3.34 (1.62) 4.254 (0.006)
Table 7, Stmt. 6 4.63 (1.63) 5.02 (1.38) 4.98 (1.41) 4.59 (1.70) 4.33 (1.74) 3.294 (0.021)
a Mean responses based on a seven point scale with 1 = strongly disagree and 7 = strongly agree.

Standard deviations are presented in parentheses.


b Refer to indicated table to see survey statement.
c Groups based on years of experience are as follows: I: 1–5 years (n = 56); II: 6–10 years (n = 63);

III: 10–20 years (n = 77); IV: 20+ years (n = 116).


d 2-tailed significance levels.

two survey statements. The results of these analyses of sub-groups are presented
in Tables 8 and 9.6
As Table 8 reveals, there are some statistically significant, although not partic-
ularly large, differences among respondents partitioned by years of experience.
Specifically, the groups differ in their strength of disagreement with three of the
survey statements. These statements are as follows: (1) If a firm has good environ-
mental performance . . . it will have a higher stock price . . . (Table 3, Stmt. 1); (2)
I incorporate measures of environmental performance in my valuation model . . .
(Table 4, Stmt. 4); and (3) As part of my normal interaction with corporate man-
agers, I routinely ask them about the contribution of their environmental programs
to the firms’ cash flow (Table 4, Stmt. 6). Interestingly, for all three statements, the

Table 9. Mean Responses of Generalists vs. Industry Specialists.a


Statement Referenceb Total Sample Group F-Value (Significance)c
Generalists Specialists

Table 7, Stmt. 3 4.65 (1.19) 4.54 (1.17) 4.81 (1.21) 3.544 (0.061)
Table 7, Stmt. 4 4.03 (1.10) 3.88 (1.22) 4.13 (0.992) 3.044 (0.082)
a The results reported in this table include the 148 respondents who describe themselves as “generalists”

and the 135 respondents who follow one or more specific industries. Mean responses based on a seven
point scale with 1 = strongly disagree and 7 = strongly agree. Standard deviations are presented in
parentheses.
b Refer to indicated table to see survey statement.
c 2-tailed significance levels.
Financial Analysts’ Views of the Value of Environmental Information 115

most experienced analyst group had the highest mean indicating less disagreement
with the statements than the less experienced groups. The opposite is true with re-
spect to Statement 6 from Table 7 which asks respondents to indicate whether they
agree that it’s important for firms to have their environmental reports verified by
independent third parties. In this latter case, the least experienced analysts showed
the strongest support for the verification of environmental reports while the most
experienced analysts showed the weakest support.
Table 9 presents the mean responses for analysts who identified themselves
as “generalists” and those who identified themselves as “specialists” (i.e. follow
one or more specific industries).7 The groups differed on only two of the survey
statements and the differences are relatively small. With respect to whether firms
are generally complying with FASB and SEC reporting requirements related to
environmental matters (Table 7, Stmt. 3), the specialists showed a higher level
of agreement than the generalists. The specialists also indicated weak agreement
with the notion that it is important for firms to endorse the CERES principles
(Table 7, Stmt. 4) whereas the generalists exhibited weak disagreement.
Since we didn’t develop hypotheses about the group differences reported above,
we can only speculate about why they exist. For example, the Table 8 results
may suggest that as analysts become more experienced, they have had more
opportunity to observe a positive relation between environmental performance
and financial performance. Consequently, they may be more willing to move
away from the heavily quantitative, objective type valuation models taught in
U.S. business schools and more willing to consider non-traditional, and less
quantitative, variables in their work. Further, the more experienced analysts may
not see the need to have environmental reports independently verified, either
because they trust the accuracy of the reports, because they have lost faith in the
independent verification process, or simply because they don’t use the reports
in their work (as suggested by the data presented in Table 6). The differences
between the two groups in Table 9 are small, but suggest that analysts who
specialize in particular industries may observe patterns of non-compliance within
their respective industries that the generalists don’t observe. Also, endorsement of
the CERES principles may be a much larger issue within certain industries, and if
so, the respondents who specialize in those industries could be driving the results.
The testing of these, and other, possibilities is left for future research studies.

Limitations

There are two shortcomings in the design and execution of this study that should
be noted and that may limit the extent to which the results reported here can be
116 HERBERT G. HUNT III AND D. JACQUE GRINNELL

generalized. First, although we performed a limited pilot study before developing


the final version of the survey questionnaire used in this study, we did not
specifically incorporate design features into the survey instrument to enhance its
reliability such as randomized response scales and randomized question order.
However, we did compute correlation coefficients (not reported here) for all the
scaled-response survey items and found that respondents appear to have been
consistent in their responses on similar items. For example, Pearson correlation
coefficients for the four items contained in Table 3 ranged from 0.432 to 0.746
and all were significant at the 0.001 level.
Second, our response rate of 7.9% is quite low and this may call into question
whether our results are representative of the population of analysts that received
the survey. If we had demographic information on the population that could be
compared to that of the respondents, a more definitive determination could be
made as to whether our results are representative. Unfortunately, that information
is not available (at least to the authors), and therefore, caution should be used in
generalizing the findings reported here to other groups.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUDING COMMENTS


There is currently a gap in our knowledge of the link, if any, between environmental
performance and financial performance. While some environmentalists, aca-
demics and others maintain that there is a positive link between environmentally-
sustainable practices and various measures of financial performance, there is
conflicting empirical evidence regarding this matter. One question central to
this area of inquiry is the extent to which capital markets value environmental
information and, more specifically, how it is incorporated into security valuation
models. The main objective of the research reported in this paper is to shed some
light on these issues by analyzing the use of environmental information by finan-
cial analysts, a group that has significant influence in the capital markets and is in
a position to comment on the potential link between environmental and financial
performance.
This paper reports the results of an exploratory mail survey of investment
specialists who are members of the New York Society of Security Analysts.
Analysis of the 315 usable responses reveals several interesting insights. First, the
respondents were relatively unfamiliar with six organizations and initiatives that
are well known in environmental circles for their association with environmental
issues as they relate to the corporate world. Second, when asked for their
views concerning the potential linkage between environmental performance and
economic performance, the respondents weakly disagreed with the idea that an
Financial Analysts’ Views of the Value of Environmental Information 117

aggressive approach to dealing with environmental issues leads to a higher stock


price. However, they generally agreed that an aggressive approach to environmen-
tal protection leads to reduced investment risk and lower cost of capital. Third,
when asked about their use of environmental performance measures in their own
work, respondents indicated that they generally do not incorporate measures of
environmental performance into their valuation models and that this is due, at
least in part, to the lack of reliable measures of environmental performance. When
asked more normative questions, the respondents indicated weak agreement that
financial analysts should use environmental indicators when valuing securities
and that there is a gap between what should be done in this regard, and what is
actually done in practice. Those respondents who believe there is a gap between
theory and practice agreed that the gap is due to the difficulty of obtaining reliable
information. The respondents indicated that they do not routinely ask corporate
managers about the contributions of their environmental programs to their firms’
cash flows and that it is incumbent on corporate managers to communicate to ana-
lysts the extent to which their firms’ environmental activities are value enhancing.
In addition, the survey instrument included questions concerning the variables
that analysts considered important in evaluating environmental performance
and the sources that they use to obtain environmental information. We also elicited
the analysts’ views regarding public reporting and disclosure issues related
to environmental matters.
On balance, subject to the limitations discussed earlier, the results of this
study suggest that security analysts are, at most, lukewarm on the role that
environmental information currently plays, or should play, in valuing debt and
equity securities. In cases where analysts do indicate usage of environmental
information, the focus tends to be on downside risk rather than upside potential.
To a large extent, the reluctance to incorporate environmental variables into
security valuation models appears to be related to at least two different issues.
First, as pointed out earlier, a clear-cut and definitive link has not been established
between environmental performance and financial performance. Future research
aimed at empirically establishing such a link appears to be a necessary step
toward the more widespread incorporation of environmental information into
security valuation models. Second, the results of this study and earlier ones
suggest that analysts have concerns with the reliability of the available environ-
mental performance information and/or to difficulties in obtaining more reliable
information. This suggests that much work remains to be done in communicating
relevant and reliable environmental performance information to the investment
community.
Taken together, the results of our survey, the findings of previous research of
the lack of comparability among companies in their environmental reporting (e.g.
118 HERBERT G. HUNT III AND D. JACQUE GRINNELL

Lober et al., 1997) and the spotty compliance with existing regulatory standards
(e.g. Repetto & Austin, 2000), point to the need for two additional developments
in this area. First, as suggested by Blumberg et al. (1998), there is a need for a
“financially relevant framework – in effect a generally accepted reporting language
– for assessing companies’ environmental performance” (p. 9). This would not
only enhance comparability among reporting firms, but it would provide guidance
for those involved in preparing and disseminating the information to interested
parties. Second, external verification of environmental information, even that
included in stand-alone environmental reports, is essential to ensuring the
credibility of the information (Beets & Souther, 1999). Verification would address
some of the concerns voiced by the analysts in our survey and earlier studies as
well as encourage the development of more reliable measures of environmental
performance.

NOTES
1. Those respondents who believe there is a gap between theory and practice
agreed that the gap is due to the difficulty of obtaining reliable environmental
information.
2. The other nine quantitative factors, in descending order of importance, were as fol-
lows: sales, return on equity, margins, earnings growth, cash flow, potential for industry
growth, potential to gain market share, employee turnover, and research and development.
The other five qualitative factors, in descending order of importance, were quality of man-
agement, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, reputation in business community
and reputation among general public (Committee on Industrial Environmental Performance
Metrics, 1999, p. 40).
3. Our requests for mailing lists from AMIR and BSAS were denied. AIMR indicated
that it did not want to run the risk of having its members “over surveyed,” thus potentially
negatively impacting response rates to Association-sponsored surveys. BSAS was also
concerned with having its membership over-surveyed and stated that it believed that the
issue addressed in our survey instrument would not be of great interest to its members.
These responses were an early indication that the role of environmental performance as a
driver of financial performance might not be a burning issue among the general community
of investment specialists.
4. Clearly, our failure to do a follow-up mailing to test for non-response bias is a limitation
of this study and limits the generalizability of the results.
5. Statistical significance for all survey questions involving the 7-point scale was tested
using a dependent sample t-test with the test value set equal to 4, the neutral position on
the scale. Thus, the significance levels shown for each question indicate the probability of
obtaining the reported mean value for the question if the respondents actually hold a neutral
position on that question.
6. We have not included the results for survey items for which group means were not sig-
nificantly different from one another. The authors would be glad to provide this information
to any interested reader.
Financial Analysts’ Views of the Value of Environmental Information 119

7. Excluded from Exhibit 9 are those respondents who follow the banking, financial
services and insurance industry (n = 16) and those respondents who didn’t indicate any
particular industry following (n = 16).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

An earlier version of this paper was presented at the Western Region American
Accounting Association Meeting in San Diego, April 2002. The authors thank two
anonymous reviewers of this journal for their thoughtful comments and sugges-
tions. They are also grateful to Jim Sinkula and Dan Toy for helpful suggestions
and to Adam Lewis and Jamie Caird for research assistance. This study benefited
from a University of Vermont SUGR/FAME research grant.

REFERENCES
Bebbington, J., & Gray, R. (2000). Accounts of sustainable development: The construction of meaning
within environmental reporting. Unpublished Working Paper 00–18, University of Aberdeen.
Beets, S. D., & Souther, C. C. (1999, June). Corporate environmental reports: The need for standards
and an environmental assurance service. Accounting Horizons, 13(2), 129–145.
Blumberg, J., Blum, G., & Korsvold, A. (1998). Environmental performance and shareholder value.
Geneva: World Business Council for Sustainable Development.
Cairncross, F. (1995). Green, Inc.: A guide to business and the environment. Washington, DC: Island
Press.
Cohen, M. A., Fenn, S. A., & Naimon, J. S. (1995). Environmental and financial performance: Are
they related? Washington: Investor Responsibility Research Center.
Committee on Industrial Environmental Performance Metrics, National Academy of Engineering,
National Research Council (1999). Industrial environmental performance metrics: Challenges
and opportunities. Washington: National Academy Press.
Dowell, G., Hart, S., & Yeung, B. (2000). Do corporate global environmental standards create or destroy
market value? Management Science, 46(8), 1059–1074.
Ely, K., & Stanny, E. (1999). User sophistication and the specificity of disclosure as reflected in
disclosure of a firm’s status as a potentially responsible party. Unpublished Working Paper,
Emory University and Sonoma State University (April).
Feldman, S. J., Soyka, P. A., & Ameer, P. (1997). Does improving a firm’s environmental management
system and environmental performance result in a higher stock price? Journal of Investing
(Winter), 87–97.
Garrity, S., Grinnell, D. J., & Hunt, H. G., III (2002). The linkage between environmental and financial
performance: A review of the literature. Unpublished Working Paper, University of Vermont
and California State University, Long Beach (September).
Gentry, B. S., & Fernandez, L. O. (1996). Valuing the environment: How Fortune 500 CFOs and
analysts measure corporate performance. United Nations Development Programme (UNDP),
Office of Development Series, Working Paper Series. New York: UNDP.
120 HERBERT G. HUNT III AND D. JACQUE GRINNELL

Hart, S., & Ahuja, G. (1996). Does it pay to be green? An empirical examination of the relationship
between emission reduction and firm performance. Business Strategy and the Environment,
30–37.
Kolk, A., Walhain, S., & van de Wateringen, S. (2001). Environmental reporting by the Fortune 250:
Exploring the influence of nationality and sector. Business Strategy and the Environment, 15–28.
Lober, D. J., Bynum, D., Campbell, E., & Jacques, M. (1997). The 100 plus corporate environmental
report study: A survey of an evolving environmental management tool. Business Strategy and
the Environment, 57–73.
National Advisory Council for Environmental Policy and Technology (2000). Green Dividends? The
Relationship Between Firms’ Environmental Performance and Financial Performance. A Re-
port by the Environmental Capital Markets Committee. Washington: U.S. Environmental Pro-
tection Agency (May).
Repetto, R., & Austin, D. (2000). Coming clean: Corporate disclosure of financially significant envi-
ronmental risks. Washington, DC: World Resources Institute.
Russo, M. V., & Fouts, P. A. (1997). A resource-based perspective on corporate environmental perfor-
mance and profitability. Academy of Management Journal, 40(3), 534–559.
Schmidheiny, S., & Zorraquin, F. J. L. (1998). Financing change: The financial community, eco-
efficiency, and sustainable development. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Soyka, P. A., & Feldman, S. F. (1998). Investor attitudes toward the value of corporate environmental-
ism: New survey findings. Environmental Quality Management (Autumn), 1–10.
Suranyi, M. (1999). Blind to sustainability? Stock markets and the environment. London, UK: Forum
for the Future (June).
Toms, J. S. (1999). Enlightenment vs. self-interest: Financial performance differentials of “ethically”
managed companies. Chartered Institute of Management Accountants Discussion Paper No. 4
(February).
Walley, N., & Whitehead, B. (1994). It’s not easy being green. Harvard Business Review (May–June),
46–52.
Yamashita, M., Sen, S., & Roberts, M. C. (1999). The rewards for environmental conscientiousness in
the U.S. capital markets. Journal of Financial and Strategic Decisions, 12(1) (Spring), 73–82.
THE IMPACT OF CORPORATE SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY ON THE
INFORMATIVENESS OF EARNINGS
AND ACCOUNTING CHOICES

Ahmed Riahi-Belkaoui

ABSTRACT
The article hypothesizes that the level of corporate social responsibility af-
fects both the informativeness of earnings and the magnitude of discretionary
accounting accrual adjustments. The hypothesis exploits: (1) the positive
relationship between corporate social responsibility and firms’ risk-return
profiles; and (2) managers’ incentives in using discretionary accounting
accrual adjustments. Results show that corporate social responsibility is
positively associated with earnings’ explanatory power for returns and
related to the magnitude of accounting accrual adjustments.

INTRODUCTION

Since the late 1960s, accounting research has provided ample evidence on
the significant effects of accounting earnings disclosures on firms’ security
prices (Bernard, 1987, 1989; Collins et al., 1999; Lev, 1989). Earnings (returns)
appear to affect equity prices (returns), even though the effect in some cases is
small. With some exceptions, most of the accounting valuation models linking

Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management


Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management, Volume 2, 121–136
Copyright © 2004 by Elsevier Ltd.
All rights of reproduction in any form reserved
ISSN: 1479-3598/doi:10.1016/S1479-3598(03)02005-3
121
122 AHMED RIAHI-BELKAOUI

earnings to prices did not constrain the informativeness of earnings.1 One


constraint is the level of corporate social responsibility, as it may reinforce the
informativeness of earnings, i.e. their ability to explain changes in stock returns.
Accordingly, this study investigates the impact of the level of corporate social
responsibility on both the informativeness of earnings and the accounting choices
of managers.
Corporate social responsibility is regarded as a powerful signal of the firm’s
organizational effectiveness (Manne & Wallich, 1972; Riahi-Belkaoui, 1992). It
constitutes an image of the corporation held by corporate audiences and at the same
time influences the decisions made by the same corporate audiences (McGuire,
1963; Riahi-Belkaoui & Pavlik, 1991). This view of the influence of corporate
social responsibility is used to formulate the first hypothesis. The first hypothesis
predicts the informativeness of accounting earnings in explaining stock returns
varies systematically with the level of corporate responsibility held by the firm,
i.e. the higher the level of corporate responsibility held by corporate audiences,
the higher the weight they will attach to the informativeness of earnings.
Corporate audiences are also found to construct the social responsibility of firms
by interpreting information signals about the firms’ various monitors in general,
and the firms’ risk-return profiles in particular (Karpik & Belkaoui, 1989; Riahi-
Belkaoui, 1991; Ullmann, 1985). This reliance on accounting information in gen-
eral and earnings in particular in the corporate audiences’ corporate responsibility
building process is utilized to formulate the second hypothesis. The second major
hypothesis postulates that managers’ accounting choices are systematically related
to the level of corporate social responsibility in an attempt to influence corporate
audiences’ assessment of the firm’s social involvement. Basically, an established
level of corporate social responsibility acts as an implicit rather than explicit
contractual restriction imposed on managers. If a high level of social responsibility
is built on the basis of higher earnings, managers may be more aggressive in the
determination of accounting accruals and the magnitude of discretionary accrual
adjustments is predictably and positively related to the level of corporate social
responsibility.
The results of this study using U.S. firms shows that: (a) the level of cor-
porate social responsibility is positively associated with the informativeness of
accounting earnings; and (b) the magnitude of discretionary accounting accrual
adjustments is significantly higher when the level of social responsibility is
high. These results are robust in the presence of endogenous and exogenous
determinants of accounting choices and earnings’ explanatory power for returns,
including firm size, systematic risk, growth opportunities, and the variability and
persistence of accounting earnings.
The Impact of Corporate Social Responsibility 123

SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY, CONTRACTS


AND ACCOUNTING
The Impact of Social Responsibility on the
Informativeness of Earnings

Corporate social responsibility or social performance involves a continuum


of social responsive activities that goes from profit-making only (Friedman,
1962); going beyond profit-making (Backman, 1975; Davis, 1960); going beyond
economic/legal requirements (McGuire, 1963); voluntary activities (Manne
& Wallich, 1972); economic, legal, and voluntary activities concentric, ever-
widening circles of influence (Committee for Economic Development, 1971);
concern for the broader social system (Eelles & Walton, 1961); responsibility in a
number of social problem areas (Hay, Gray & Gates, 1976); giving way to social
responsiveness (Ackerman & Bauer, 1975; Riahi-Belkaoui, 1999a, b); and doing
what society and the customer pay us for (Drucker, 1977). However, given that
business receives its legitimation from society, social performance is best defined
as the accomplishment or the perception of accomplishment of the desired ends of
society in terms of moral, economic, legal, ethical, and discretionary expectations
(Murray & Montanani, 1986). Social responsibility reputation is an asset, which
can generate future rents (Riahi-Belkaoui, 1974, 1976, 1980). It is the outcome of
a competitive process in which firms signal their key characteristics to constituents
to maximize their social status (Forbrum & Shanley, 1990). It affects many op-
erational and strategic decisions. Social responsibility rankings are an important
measure of the firm’s organizational effectiveness, signaling to the publics about
a firm’s profitability and social responsiveness (Karpik & Belkaoui, 1989). They
crystallize the statuses of firms within an industrial social system. Favorable social
responsibility rankings create favorable situations for firms, economically, socially
and politically, with the creation of a better image, enhancing access to capital
markets and attracting investors (Riahi-Belkaoui, 1976). These favorable views of
social responsibility as held by corporate audiences and/or stakeholders may have
an impact on the actions of the same audiences and/or stakeholders. Basically,
social responsibility is a signal that influences the actions of the same firms’
corporate audiences and/or stakeholders and their perceptions of the relevance of
earnings to the determination of stock returns (Karpik & Belkaoui, 1989). One
likely result is the potential impact on the degree of informativeness of earnings
which yields the first hypothesis: The informativeness of accounting earnings as
an explanatory variable for returns is systematically related to corporate social
responsibility.
124 AHMED RIAHI-BELKAOUI

The Impact of Corporate Social Responsibility on the Behavior


of Discretionary Accounting Accruals

Social responsibility rankings represent the publics’ cumulative judgments


of firms over time. Because firms compete for these rankings in a market
characterized by incomplete information, corporate audiences are assumed to
attend to market, accounting, institutional and strategy signals about firms in their
reputational building (Karpik et al., 1989; Ullmann, 1985). Corporate audiences
are found to build the social responsibility of firms by attending to information
signals about the firm’s various monitors in general and the firm’s risk-return
profile in particular (Karpik et al., 1989). Once a social responsibility ranking
is established, it becomes an implicit rather than explicit contractual restriction
imposed on both managers and corporate audiences.
In the case of corporate audiences, they are more likely to search for information
on the determinants of corporate social responsibility, given the informational
asymmetry and ambiguity that characterize the interactions between managers
and stakeholders. This is due to the fact that important signals broadcast to
constituents are accounting and earnings based and are under managers’ controls.
In the case of managers, the implicit requirement of maintaining a good social
responsibility ranking, built on accounting data, leads to a more aggressive
determination of accounting accruals. One likely result is the impact on the
behavior of discretionary accounting accruals, which leads the second hypothesis:
The magnitude of adjustments in managers’ accounting choices is systematically
related to the level of social responsibility.

Other Considerations Affecting Accounting Choices

Based on contracting theory and economic theories of the political process,


that governs managers’ incentives in the selection and reporting of accounting
numbers, other endogenous and exogenous determinants of accounting choices
and earnings’ explanatory power for returns are also examined. They include
six additional factors: firm size, systematic risk, leverage, growth opportunities,
earnings variability, and earnings persistence (Warfield et al., 1995).

SAMPLE SELECTION AND DATA


The social performance index was derived from the annual survey of corporate
reputation by Fortune Magazine. The survey, covering thirty-three industry
The Impact of Corporate Social Responsibility
Table 1. Summary for the Variables Used for the First Hypothesis.
Panel A: Descriptive Statistics

Variable Mean Standard Median First Third


Deviation Quartile Quartile

Stock return (Ri,t ) 0.0952 0.0552 0.0897 0.0602 0.1286


Accounting earning (Ei,t /Pi,t −1 ) 0.0570 0.0854 0.0649 0.0369 0.0847
Earnings interacted with:
a. Social responsibility (Ei,t × SRPi /Pi,t −1 ) 0.4082 0.3641 0.4116 0.8212 0.5621
b. Size (Ei,t × SIZEi /Pi,t −1 ) 0.5309 0.6125 0.5689 0.3171 0.7832
c. Growth opportunities (Ei,t × GROWTHi /Pi,t −1 ) 0.0881 0.2349 0.0508 0.0331 0.0774
d. Systematic risk (Ei,t × RISKi /Pi,t −1 ) 0.0072 0.0134 0.0028 0.0008 0.0083
e. Leverage (Ei,t × DEBTi /Pi,t −1 ) 0.0087 0.0119 0.0072 0.0023 0.0139
f. Earnings variability (Ei,t × VARi /Pi,t −1 ) 0.1269 0.099 0.1028 0.0601 0.1653
g. Earnings persistence (Ei,t × PERSi /Pi,t −1 ) −0.0082 0.1686 −0.0010 −0.0018 0.0005
Panel B: Pearson Correlation Matrix (Using Variables from Panel A)

Variable E REP SIZE GROWTH RISK DEBT VAR PERS

Accounting earnings (E) 1.00 0.968 0.9633 0.5320 0.2030 0.4496 0.7328 −0.4856
Social responsibility (SRP) 1.00 0.8867 0.0210 0.3823 0.6123 0.7231 −0.4123
Size (SIZE) 1.00 0.3670 0.3489 0.5051 0.7586 −0.4788
Growth opportunities (GROWTH) 1.00 0.0690 0.0067 0.3351 0.0103
Systematic risk (RISK) 1.00 0.1172 0.3417 0.0158
Leverage (DEBT) 1.00 0.1557 −0.0596
Earnings variability (VAR) 1.00 −0.2069
Earnings persistence (PERS) 1.00
Note: Stock returns (R) are measured for the 12 months period from nine months prior to the fiscal year-end through three months after the fiscal year-end, earnings (E) is
the accounting earnings per share, Social Responsibility (SRP) is measured by the Fortune Magazine score, size (SIZE) is measured as the company’s market value
of equity (in 000s), systematic risk (RISK) is measured by the market model beta, growth opportunities (GROWTH) are measured by the market to book ratio for
common equity, leverage (DEBT) is measured by the ratio of total debt to total assets, earnings variability (VAR) is measured by the standard deviation of earnings
for the 20 quarters 1994–1998, earnings persistence (PERS) is the first-order autocorrelation in earnings for the 20 quarters 1994–1998, and price (P) is the stock

125
price at the beginning of the period. The sample size is 404 firm-year observations.
126
Table 2. Summary Statistics for the Variables Used for the Second Hypothesis.
Panel A: Descriptive Statistics

Variable Mean Standard Deviation Median First Quartile Third Quartile

Absolute abnormal accrual (/AAC/) 0.0190 0.0110 0.0179 0.0120 0.0092


Social responsibility (SRP) 5.8123 0.9120 5.3121 5.1021 6.5124
Size (SIZE) 8.782 0.9284 8.6983 8.1616 9.4140
Systematic risk (RISK) 0.090 0.131 0.044 0.016 0.124
Leverage (DEBT) 0.1583 0.1428 0.1384 0.0541 0.2277
Growth opportunities (GROWTH) 35.893 52.129 2.460 1.5881 4.2165
Earnings variability (VAR) 0.1673 0.0789 0.1374 0.1164 0.1930
Earnings persistence (PERS) −0.1618 0.1316 −0.015 −0.023 −0.0097
Panel B: Pearson Correlation Matrix

Variable REP SIZE RISK DEBT GROWTH VAR PERS

Reputation (REP) 1.00 0.5030 0.4687 −0.1290 0.0187 0.4650 0.1323


Size (SIZE) 1.00 0.8083 −0.1312 −0.0613 0.3006 0.1590

AHMED RIAHI-BELKAOUI
Systematic risk (RISK) 1.00 −0.1341 −0.0704 0.1606 0.0818
Leverage (DEBT) 1.00 −0.2428 −0.2193 0.1183
Growth opportunities (GROWTH) 1.00 −0.1521 −0.0651
Earnings variability (VAR) 1.00 0.0808
Earnings persistence (PERS) 1.00

Note: Abnormal accrual, AAC, is defined as the current-period accrual less the expected normal accrual, where the difference is standardized by the
beginning period stock price. Absolute abnormal accrual, /AAC/, is measured as the absolute value of abnormal accruals (AAC). All other
variables are as defined in Table 1.
The Impact of Corporate Social Responsibility 127

groupings, asked executives, directors and analysts in particular industries to


rate companies in the following eight key attributes of reputation: (1) quality
of management; (2) quality of products/services offered; (3) innovativeness;
(4) value as a long term investment; (5) soundness of financial position; (6) ability
to attract/develop/keep talented people; (7) responsibility to the community, envi-
ronment; and (8) wise use of corporate assets. Ratings were on a scale of 0 (poor) to
10 (excellent). Social performance of each firm is measured by the score obtained
in item 7 of the organizational effectiveness instrument, namely, responsibility to
the community/environment.
To be included in the sample a firm must meet the following selection criteria:
(1) The firms must be included in Fortune Magazine’s reputation surveys from
1994 to 1998.
(2) Annual earnings-per-share and dividends are available from Standard and
Poor’s Compustat primary, secondary, tertiary and full coverage database.
(3) Data necessary to compute stock returns (including dividends) are available
from Computstat Price, Dividends and Earnings database. Both price per share
and earnings per share were adjusted for stock splits and stock dividends.
(4) Annual data necessary to compute discretionary accruals are available from
Standard and Poor’s Compustat primary, secondary, tertiary and full coverage
database.
The complete sample consists of 404 firm-year observations.
Descriptive statistics and correlation analysis of the data used in both hypotheses
are shown in Tables 1 and 2.

INFORMATIVENESS OF EARNINGS CONDITIONAL ON


SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
Social Responsibility as a Determinant of Earnings’ Explanatory Power

Table 3 presents the correlation between earnings and returns (column 3) and the
earnings coefficients (column 4) for the different ranges of social responsibility
(column 1). The correlation between returns and earnings is positive and signif-
icantly greater than zero for the total sample with a level of social responsibility
ranging from 3.25 to 9.01, and for each of the other reputation ranges. These
correlations range from a minimum of 0.288 for the 3.25–6.11 level of social
responsibility to a high of 0.62 for the 7.38–9.01 level of social responsibility.
In addition, the Pearson (Spearman) correlation between the level of social
responsibility (column 1), and the correlation between earnings and returns
128 AHMED RIAHI-BELKAOUI

Table 3. Relation Between Earnings and Returns Depending on the Level of


Social Responsibility.
Level of Social Number of Firm-Period Correlation Between Earnings
Responsibility Observations Earnings and Returns Coefficient

3.25–6.11 130 0.281 0.12


6.11–6.68 89 0.512 0.59
6.68–7.30 89 0.513 0.71
7.30–9.01 96 0.62 1.03
3.25–9.01 404 0.81 0.07

Note: Stock returns are measured for the twelve-month period extending from nine months prior to
the fiscal year-end through three months after the fiscal year-end, earnings per share is scaled by
the beginning-of-period stock price per share, and social responsibility is the Fortune Magazine
score. The sample of annual earnings reports are drawn from the 5-year period corresponding
to the 1994–1998 calendar years. All correlation (Pearson) between annual accounting earnings
per share and stock returns, and the earnings coefficients from the regression of stock returns,
and the earnings coefficients from the regression of stock returns on accounting earnings per
share, are significant at the 0.01 level or better.

(column 3) for the four social responsibility levels equals 0.81 (0.79), which is
significantly greater than zero at the 0.05 level. The evidence from this first test
points to social responsibility as a determinant of the informativeness of earnings.
The second test of the informativeness of earnings conditional on social
responsibility levels examines the cross-sectional variation of the earnings coef-
ficient conditional on social responsibility. The following pooled cross-sectional
regression model, with a social responsibility interaction term is used:
   
E i,t E i,t × SRPi
R i,t = a 0 + a 1 + a2 + u i,t (1)
P i,t−1 P i,t−1
where Ri,t is the stock return of firm i for annual period t, extending from nine
months prior to fiscal year-end through three month after fiscal year-end, Ei,t is
earnings-per-share, Pi,t −1 is the price-per-share at the end of period t−1, and SRPi
is the level of social responsibility for the year. The relation between earnings and
social responsibility is measured by a2 . It shows the extent to which the informa-
tiveness of earnings is affected by the level of social responsibility. The regression
results in Table 4 indicate that the informativeness is affected by the level of social
responsibility as both the regression coefficient (0.388) and the earnings-reputation
coefficient (0.25) are both significantly greater than zero at the 0.0001 level.
Given that the results in Table 3 imply non-linearity with the data, the same
regression was run separately for each of the four categories of social responsibil-
ity levels in Table 3, thereby not imposing a constant residual assumption across
The Impact of Corporate Social Responsibility 129

Table 4. Regression in Stock Return on Both Earnings and Earnings-Social


Responsibility Interaction.
   
E i,t E i,t × SRPi
R i,t = a 0 + a 1 + a2 + u i,t
P i,t−1 P i,t−1

Parameter Estimates Sample Size Adjusted R2 (%) F-value (Sig. Level)


a0 a1 a2

0.042 0.388 0.329 346 27.29 151.53


(11.32)∗ (11.24)∗ (15.61)∗ (0.001)

Note: Stock returns (R) are measured for the twelve-month period extending from nine months prior to
the fiscal year-end through three months after the fiscal year-end. Earnings (E) is the accounting
earnings per share, social responsibility is equal to the Fortune Magazine score and price (P) is
the stock price per share. Parameter estimates and t-statistics (in parentheses) are presented for
the regression. An asterisk (∗ ) designates statistical significance at the 0.01 level. The sample is
comprised of firm-year observations from the 1994–1998 calendar year.

social responsibility categories. The earnings coefficients from these regressions,


reported in column 3 of Table 3, imply a monotonic increase in the regression
coefficients. The increase of these coefficients from 0.12 for the 3.25–6.11 range
of social responsibility to 1.09 for the 7.38–9.01 range of social responsibility
verifies the results of hypothesis 1 in Table 4.

Social Responsibility and Other Determinants of Earnings’


Explanatory Power

As stated earlier, additional considerations are recognized regarding both the infor-
mativeness of earnings and managerial incentives determining accounting choices.
These considerations, in addition to reputation include firm size, systematic risk,
leverage, growth opportunities, earnings variability, and earning persistence.
Accordingly, the following pooled cross-sectional regression model is formulated:
     
E i,t E i,t × SRPi E i,t × SIZEi
R i,t = a 0 + a 1 + a2 + a3
P i,t−1 P i,t−1 P i,t−1
     
E i,t ×GROWTHi E i,t ×RISKi E i,t ×DEBTi
+ a4 + a5 + a6
P i,t−1 P i,t−1 P i,t−1
   
E i,t × VARi E i,t × PERSi,t
+ a7 + a8 + u i,t (2)
P i,t−1 P i,t−1
130
Table 5. Regression of Returns on Earnings, Earnings-Social Responsibility Interaction, and Earnings Interaction
with Other Determinants of Earnings Explanatory Power.
       
E i,t E i,t × SRPi E i,t × SIZEi E i,t × GROWTHi
R i,t = a 0 + a 1 + a2 + a3 + a4
P i,t−1 P i,t−1 P i,t−1 P i,t−1
     
E i,t × RISKi E i,t × DEBTi E i,t × VARi
+ a5 + a6 + a7 + a 8 (E i,t × PERS) + u i,t
P i,t−1 P i,t−1 P i,t−1

Parameter Estimates Sample Adjusted F


Size R2 (%)
a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8

0.018 0.139 0.05 0.181 0.038 −0.096 0.463 −0.312 0.010 404 36.28% 248.61∗
(7.41)∗ (7.10) ∗ (5.16) ∗ (4.87) ∗ (4.26) ∗ (−7.21) ∗ (18.0) ∗ (−7.80) ∗ (6.25) ∗

Note: Stock returns (R) are measured for the twelve-month period from nine months prior to the fiscal year-end through three months after the

AHMED RIAHI-BELKAOUI
fiscal year-end, earnings (E) is the accounting earning per share, social responsibility (SRP) is the Fortune Magazine score, size (SIZE) is
measured as the company’s natural logarithm of the market value of equity, systematic risk (RISK) is measured by the market model beta,
growth opportunities (GROWTH) are measured by the market to book ratio for common equity, leverage (DEBT) is measured by the ratio total
debt to total assets, earnings variability (VAR) is measured by the standard deviation of earnings, earnings persistence (PERS) is the first-order
autocorrelation in earnings, and price (P) is the stock price at the beginning of the period. The sample size is comprised of firm-year observations
drawn from the 1994–1998 calendar years.
The Impact of Corporate Social Responsibility 131

The new variables are defined as follows: SIZE is the natural logarithm of a firm’s
market value of equity, GROWTH is measured as market value of equity scaled
by book value, RISK is a firm’s systematic risk,2 DEBT is the firm’s ratio of total
debt to total assets, VAR is the variability of earnings for the all the quarters of the
period of analysis, PERS is persistence of earnings as measured by the first-order
autocorrelation in earnings for the same period.
The results, shown in Table 5, verify again the relation between social
responsibility and earnings’ informativeness after the inclusion of these additional
considerations. As expected the market reaction to earnings was negatively related
to systematic risk (a5 (−0.097) is significant at the 0.01 level), and to variability of
earnings (a7 (−0.312) is significant at the 0.01 level). It is also positively related
to firm size (a3 (0.181) is significant at the 0.01 level), growth opportunities
(a4 (0.039) is significant at the 0.01 level), leverage (a6 (0.469) is significant
at the 0.01 level), and earnings persistence (a8 (0.010) is significant at the 0.01
level).3

EARNINGS MANAGEMENT CONDITIONAL


ON SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
The second-hypothesis states that the magnitude of adjustments in managers’
accounting choices is systematically related to social responsibility. The higher
the level of social responsibility, the higher is managers’ reliance on discretionary
accruals, as measured by the magnitude of discretionary accrual adjustments.
An abnormal accruals research design will be used to test the hypothesis of
managers’ accounting choices conditional on reputation.4 Basically, the abnormal
accounting accrual (AAC) is computed as the current period accrual (AC) minus
the expected normal accrual (E(AC)), and then standardized by beginning-of-year
stock price (P):
ACi,t − E(AC)i,t
AACi,t = (3)
P i,t−1
The accounting accrual (AC) is defined as the change in non-cash working capital
(i.e. change in non-cash current assets less current liabilities) less depreciation
expense.5
An accrual prediction model is used to estimate normal accruals. It is specified
as:
     
b0 DREVi,t PPEi,t
ACi,t = + b1 + b2 + u i,t (4)
P i,t−1 P i,t−1 P i,t−1
132 AHMED RIAHI-BELKAOUI

where the new variables are defined as follows:

DREVi,t = changes in revenues from year t to t−1 for firm i.


PPEi,t = Gross property plant, and equipment in year t.

A time-series regression using available prior years’ data for seven years, generated
firm-specific and time-period-specific predictions of E (ACi,t ) which are then used
in Eq. (3) to generate estimate of abnormal accruals (AACi,t ).
Because the interest in this study is with the magnitude of the accrual
adjustments, rather than the direction of the accrual, the absolute value of the
abnormal accrual i.e. /AACi,t / is used as a dependent variable in the following
model:6
/AACi,t / = d 0 + d 1 × SRPi + d 2 × SIZEi + d 3 × GROWTHi + d 4 × RISKi
+ d 5 × DEBTi + d 6 × VARi + d 7 × PERSi + u i,t (5)
Equation (5) is a multivariate-pooled cross-sectional regression model to be
used to investigate the joint interaction of social responsibility and the level of
abnormal accounting accruals.

Table 6. Regression of Absolute Abnormal Accruals on Social Responsibility


and Other Determinants of the Magnitude of Discretionary Accruals.
|AACi,t | = d 0 + d 1 × SRPi + d 2 × SIZEi + d 3 × GROWTHi + d 4 × RISKi
+ d 5 × DEBTi + d 6 × VARi + d 7 × PERSi + u i,t

Parameter Estimates

␦0 ␦1 ␦2 ␦3 ␦4 ␦5 ␦6 ␦7

−0.008 0.002 −0.006 0.00001 0.130 0.0008 0.008 0.0003


(−0.12) (5.203)∗ (−7.75) (5.23)∗ (4.52)∗ (7.38)∗ (16.24)∗ (0.62)∗
(7.20)∗
Sample Size Adj. R2 F-value

336 20.34% 70.58∗

Note: Absolute abnormal accruals, /AACi,t /, is defined as the current-period accrual loss of the expected
normal accruals, where the difference is standardized by the beginning-period stock price. All
other variables are as defined in Table 3. An asterisk (∗ ) designates statistical significance at the
0.01 level, two-tailed tests. The sample is comprised of firm-year observations drawn from the
1994–1998 calendar years.
The Impact of Corporate Social Responsibility 133

The model includes, in addition to the social responsibility variable, other


factors that have been shown in previous research to affect the magnitude of
abnormal accruals (Warfield et al., 1995). These factors include size of the firm,
growth, systematic risk, leverage, earnings variability and earnings persistence.
Consistent with the second hypothesis, a positive relation between the level of
reputation and the magnitude of abnormal accruals is predicted (i.e. d 1 > 0).
The evidence in Table 6 supports the hypothesis that the magnitude of abnormal
accruals is positively related to the level of social responsibility, i.e. d1 equals
0.001, which is significantly greater than zero at the 0.01 level.7

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS


The article presented two hypotheses linking the level of social responsibility
to both the informativeness of earnings and the magnitude of discretionary
accounting accrual adjustments. The hypotheses exploit: (a) influence of
corporate social responsibility on the actions of corporate audiences; and (b)
managers’ incentives in using discretionary accounting accrual adjustments. The
first hypothesis postulates that the informativeness of earnings in explaining
stock returns varies systematically with the level of social responsibility in the
corporation. The second hypothesis postulates that managers’ accounting choices
are systematically related to the level of social responsibility. The results on a
sample of U.S. firms show a significantly greater earnings coefficient for firms
with higher social responsibility, and a positive relation between the magnitude
of discretionary accruals and the level of social responsibility.
The major implication of this study is that a favorable image of the firm
produced by its level of social responsibility, led corporate audiences to attach
more weight to the relevance of earnings in the determination of stock returns. In
addition, the high level of social responsibility deemed necessary by management,
creates an additional incentive for the use of discretionary accrual adjustments.
What appears from the results of this study is that corporate social responsibility
accentuates the relevance of earnings in explaining stock returns and at the
same time motivates managers to be more aggressive in the use of discretionary
accounting accruals. The present research focuses on the relevance of corporate
social responsibility as perceived by corporate audiences rather than social per-
formance as evidenced by the realization of some social objectives. Accordingly,
future research may need to investigate how the extent of social performance
as disclosed by the firms, affects both the informativeness of earnings and the
magnitude of discretionary social adjustments, and how the results compare with
the effects of social responsibility shown in this study.
134 AHMED RIAHI-BELKAOUI

NOTES
1. One notable exception, provided by Warfield et al. (1995), showed that the level of
managerial ownership affects both the informativeness of earnings and the magnitude of
discretionary accounting accrual adjustments.
2. Systematic risk is measured by the market model beta using the most recent 60 months’
stock returns prior to the test period.
3. To measure the degree of collinearity among the regression variables, condition
indexes are calculated. The condition index shows the regression was 23.6 which is between
the 30 level, considered as indicative of moderate to strong multicollinearity. Similarly, to
assess the effect of cross-correlation in the residuals for the estimation of parameters, boot-
strapping analysis were conducted. The results showed bootstrapping estimates qualitatively
identical to the estimates reported in the Table 5.
4. The abnormal accruals research design was pioneered by Healey (1985), DeAngelo
(1986, 1988), Liberty and Zimmerman (1986) and others.
5. Specifically, the accounting accrual per share is calculated as follows (Compustat data
item numbers are in parenthesis):

ACi,t = [∩ Accounts receivablei,t (2) + ∩ Inventoriesi,t (3) + ∩ Other Current Assetsi,t (68)]
− [∩ Current Liabilitiesi,t (5)] − [Depreciation and Amortization Expensei,t (14)]

Where the change (∩) is the difference between years (t and t − 1). The Compustat data
item numbers for Stock Price, P i,t−1 is (24).
6. A similar methodology is used by Warfield et al. (1995).
7. Similar results were obtained when the Jones model (1991) was replaced by either the
Modified Jones Model (Dechow et al., 1995) or the cross-sectional Jones model (Defond
& Jiambalvo, 1994).

REFERENCES
Ackerman, R. W., & Bauer, R. A. (1975). Corporate social responsiveness. Reston, VA: Reston
Publishing.
Backman, J. (1975). Social responsibility and accountability. New York: New York University Press.
Bernard, V. (1987). Cross-sectional dependence and problems in inference in market-based accounting
research. Journal of Accounting Research (Spring), 1–48.
Bernard, V. (1989). Capital markets research in accounting during the 1980s: A critical review. The State
of Accounting Research as we Enter the 1990. University of Illinois Golden Jubilee Symposium,
72–120.
Collins, D. W., Pincus, M., & Xie, H. (1999). Equity valuation and negative earnings: The role of book
value of equity. The Accounting Review, 74, 29–62.
Committee for Economic Development (1971). Social responsibilities of business corporations.
New York: Committee for Economic Development.
Davis, K. (1960). Can business afford to ignore social responsibilities? California Management Review,
2(3), 70–76.
The Impact of Corporate Social Responsibility 135

DeAngelo, L. F. (1986). Accounting numbers as market valuation substitutes: A study of management


buyouts of public stockholders. The Accounting Review, 41, 400–420.
DeAngelo, L. F. (1988). Managerial competition, information costs, and corporate governance: The use
of accounting performance measures in proxy contests. Journal of Accounting and Economics,
10, 3–36.
Dechow, P. M., Sloan, R. G., & Sloan, A. P. (1995). Detecting earnings management. The Accounting
Review, 70, 193–225.
Defond, M. L., & Jiambalvo, J. (1994). Debt coveneant violations and manipulation of accruals. Journal
of Accounting and Economics, 17, 145–176.
Drucker, P. F. (1977). People and performance. New York: Harper & Row.
Eelles, R., & Walton, C. (1961). Conceptual foundations of business. Homewood, IL: Irwin.
Forbrum, C., & Shanley, M. (1990). What’s in a name? Reputational building and corporate strategy.
Academy of Management Journal, 33, 233–258.
Friedman, M. (1962). Capitalism and freedom. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Hay, R. D., Gray, E. R., & Gates, J. E. (1976). Business and society. Cincinatti: South-Western.
Healey, P. (1985). The effects of bonus schemes on accounting decisions. Journal of Accounting and
Economics, 7, 85–107.
Jones, J. (1991). Earnings management during import relief investigations. Journal of Accounting
Research, 29, 193–228.
Karpik, P., & Riahi-Belkaoui, A. (1989). Determinants of the corporate decision to disclose social
information. Accounting, Auditing and Accountability Journal, 2.
Lev, B. (1989). On the usefulness of earnings and earnings research: Lessons and directions from two
decades of empirical research. Journal of Accounting Research (Suppl.), 153–192.
Liberty, S. F., & Zimmerman, J. I. (1986). Labor union contract negotiations accounting choices. The
Accounting Review, 61, 692–712.
Manne, H., & Wallich, H. C. (1972). The modern corporation and social responsibility. Washington,
DC: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research.
McGuire, J. W. (1963). Business and society. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Murray, H. B., & Montanani, J. R. (1986). Strategic management of the socially responsible
firm: Integrative management and marketing theory. Academy of Management Review, 11,
815–827.
Riahi-Belkaoui, A. (1974). The whys and wherefores of measuring externalities. Certified General
Accountant (November), 16–18.
Riahi-Belkaoui, A. (1976). The impact of the disclosure of the environmental effects of organizational
behavior on the market. Financial Management (Winter), 26–31.
Riahi-Belkaoui, A. (1980). The impact of socio-economic accounting statements on the investment
decision: An empirical study. Accounting, Organizations and Society (September), 263–283.
Riahi-Belkaoui, A. (1991). Organizational effectiveness, social performance and economic perfor-
mance: An empirical investigation. Research in Corporate Social Performance and Policy, 12,
143–153.
Riahi-Belkaoui, A. (1992). Executive compensation, organizational effectiveness, social performance
and firm performance: An empirical investigation. Journal of Business Finance and Accounting
(January), 25–38.
Riahi-Belkaoui, A. (1999a). Corporate social awareness and financial outcomes. Westport, CT:
Greenwood.
Riahi-Belkaoui, A. (1999b). Social responsibility, internalization and market valuation. Journal of
Global Business, 10, 65–72.
136 AHMED RIAHI-BELKAOUI

Riahi-Belkaoui, A., & Pavlik, H. (1991). Asset management performance and reputation building for
large U.S. firms. British Journal of Management, 1, 231–238.
Ullmann, A. A. (1985). Data in search of a theory: A critical examination of the relationship among
social performance, social disclosure and economic performance of U.S. firms. Academy of
Management Review, 10, 540–557.
Warfield, T. D., Wild, J. J., & Wild, K. L. (1995). Managerial ownership, accounting choices, and
informativeness of earnings. Journal of Accounting and Economics, 20, 61–91.
AN ASSESSMENT OF THE QUALITY OF
ENVIRONMENTAL DISCLOSURE
THEMES

W. Darrell Walden and A. J. Stagliano

ABSTRACT
An understanding of disclosure themes used in annual reports can provide
a foundation for improving communication of environmental information.
The objective of this study is to provide insight into environmental disclosure
themes that are used to provide management communication in the financial
and non-financial sections of corporate annual reports. The study also
explores the relationship between these disclosure themes and environmental
performance. Findings from a sample of 53 U.S. companies in four major
industry groups suggest that environmental disclosures in the financial
section of annual reports contain information focused on expenditures and
contingencies. Environmental disclosures in the non-financial section of the
annual report mostly contain information about pollution abatement and
various other environmental data. The highest perceived quality of disclosure
is associated with environmental expenditures and contingencies. Other
environmental information and pollution abatement disclosures appear to be
of lower quality. These findings support previous studies showing that there
is little relationship between environmental disclosures and environmental
performance.

Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management


Advances in Environmental Accounting and Management, Volume 2, 137–165
© 2004 Published by Elsevier Ltd.
ISSN: 1479-3598/doi:10.1016/S1479-3598(03)02006-5
137
138 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

INTRODUCTION
The business enterprise’s annual financial report is its most significant commu-
nication vehicle. Stakeholders of all sorts look to this source for information
regarding the financial health of the firm and the success of management’s
various financing, investing, and operating decisions. Companies often use the
annual report to describe their performance in the environmental, social, and
corporate citizenship areas. Such disclosures are mostly narrative in form, cover
various environmental and community issues, and can be found variously placed
throughout the corporate annual report. The firm adjusts disclosures of this nature
based upon the impact it wishes the information to have on its readers.
By understanding the quantity and quality of environmental reporting, the
direction of future research and possible regulation to improve environmental
disclosures can be established. Discretionary environmental disclosures, usually
enclosed in non-financial parts of the annual report, may provide important
information aside from mandated disclosures typically found in the report’s
financial section. Such voluntary non-financial environmental disclosures may
inform the accounting profession and authoritative bodies about environmental
themes and practices. With more adequate authoritative guidance, environ-
mental disclosures can be made more informative. Reporting consistency
within firms and comparability between firms would be enhanced. Previous
research has not addressed adequately the issue of environmental disclosure
themes from a “financial” vs. “non-financial” perspective. Nor does the extant
literature provide a reasonable basis to make comparisons of disclosure themes
feasible.
From a financial perspective, the possible effect that environmental disclosures
can have on the perception of a firm’s future cash flows and earnings potential
is reason for concern. Blacconiere and Patten (1994) suggest that investors may
interpret more extensive environmental disclosures as a positive sign of the firm
managing its exposure to future regulatory costs. Environmental matters impact
a company’s short-term financial position as well as its chances for long-term
success (Surma, 1992).
Environmental issues have been, and continue to be, a major social problem
facing many corporations (Post, 1991). The Financial Accounting Standards
Board (FASB), U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and others have
begun to realize the importance of these external matters. Authoritative guidance
for both recordation and display is necessary so that appropriate environmental
information is provided in a manner helpful to assessing the impact on cash flows
and future earnings. New empirical research is needed to understand and improve
environmental disclosures.
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 139

The objective of this study is to provide additional insight into environmental


disclosure practices. This is accomplished by examining the nature and extent
of disclosure themes, in terms of quantity and quality, between the financial and
non-financial sections of corporate annual reports for 1989. In addition, the study
seeks to explore the relationship between disclosure themes and environmental
performance.
The next section presents relevant background studies. The research method-
ology, hypotheses, and expectations are in the following two sections. The
fourth section below describes the study sample. Next, the empirical findings are
presented. Concluding discussion and implications of the study appear in the last
section. The Appendix details the content analysis and coding scheme used to
conduct the research.

RELEVANT STUDIES

Introduction

By 1989, numerous U.S. environmental laws and regulations had been enacted
and public policy regarding the environment had changed (Roussey, 1992). The
disaster of the Alaskan Exxon Valdez oil spill on March 24, 1989, is an event that
focused much attention on environmental issues and public policy debates (Benoit,
1989; Grover, 1989).1 The magnitude of this disaster led to development of the
“Valdez Principles” (Gray, 1990; Sanyal & Neves, 1991).2 The level of disclosure
in corporate annual reports also has changed. Findings by Walden and Schwartz
(1997) and Gamble et al. (1995) suggest significant positive differences in the level
of disclosures for 1989 and the several years thereafter.3 Given this change, there
is a need to analyze and evaluate the nature and extent of environmental disclosure
themes made by firms in their corporate annual reports beginning with 1989.
Post (1991) suggests that the prevalence and seriousness of environmental
problems are becoming increasingly evident to business. Simply put, environ-
mental matters can no longer be ignored. An objective of financial reporting
is to provide information to potential investors, current owners, creditors, and
other stakeholders that will aid in assessing the future earnings and cash flows
of an enterprise (FASB, 1986). Management can communicate environmental
information to those outside the enterprise through various types of disclosure.
And, methods besides annual report disclosure are used to influence stakeholder
perception of the firm (Zeghal & Ahmed, 1990). Information is disclosed because
of regulatory requirements or it is voluntarily provided because management
considers it useful (to itself and those outside the enterprise).
140 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

The most significant American environmental legislation – the Comprehensive


Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 – established
“Superfund.” This legislation made potentially responsible parties (PRPs) liable
for remedial cleanup of hazardous waste sites (Roussey, 1992). These potential
liabilities, together with other environmental costs and cleanup expenses of haz-
ardous waste sites, directly affect current and future earnings and cash flows. They
may not be disclosed even though required by regulatory rule (Roussey, 1992).
Regulation S-K mandates disclosure of any material potential environmental
liability in the “Legal Proceedings” section of Form 10-K, the SEC annual filing
report. In 1989, SEC Financial Reporting Release No. 36 (SEC, 1989) required
firms to disclose in the “Management Discussion and Analysis” section the effects
of PRP status and to quantify the impact whenever reasonably practicable. The
SEC position of requiring disclosure of environmental problems was strengthened
in 1989 by an agreement with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Starting in that year, the EPA provided information on PRPs to the SEC in
order to target environmental disclosures for enforcement (Roussey, 1992). This
disclosure requirement is at a “reasonably likely to occur” level as opposed to the
FASB Statement No. 5 (FASB, 1975) threshold regarding contingent liabilities
that is based on “probable of being asserted.”
Epstein (1991) and Epstein and Freedman (1994) suggest that investors value
the availability of environmental disclosures in annual reports. According to
Epstein and Freedman (1994), the vast majority of investors want environmental
disclosure and a large minority would like these disclosures to be covered by
the independent accountant’s attestation. Ideally, disclosure should relate the
environmental outcomes that corporate actions have on stakeholders in a manner
that is meaningful, fair, and provides an adequate basis for decision making
(AAA, 1976). Unfortunately, most environmental disclosures are narrative, cover
a variety of topics, and are difficult to analyze or interpret.

Environmental Disclosures and Environmental Performance

Many researchers investigating environmental disclosures and environmental


performance have found little support for a relationship between the two. A
number of studies used the Council on Economic Priorities’ (CEP) 1977 Pollution
Audit of environmental performance indices which are based on investigations
of pollution control records of the leading firms in five industries known to
have environmental problems. According to Freedman and Wasley (1990), the
CEP indices are the most comprehensive objective measures of environmental
performance. The following are representative of content analysis studies, with
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 141

most involving the CEP, the quantity and/or quality of disclosures, and a potential
relationship with environmental performance.
Ingram and Frazier (1980) examined the relationship between CEP measures
of environmental performance and environmental disclosures found in annual
reports for a sample of 40 firms. Insignificant results suggested the content
analysis scores of firms’ disclosures do not relate to CEP indices of sample
firms’ environmental performance. The only important relationship identified was
that, except for disclosures related to litigation, the annual reports of the poorer
performers contained more environmental disclosures than the better performers.
The greater disclosure by poorer performers appeared as narrative information in
the discretionary section of the annual report.
Freedman and Jaggi (1982) used content analysis to investigate the association
between environmental disclosures in Form 10-Ks and the environmental
performance rated by the CEP for 109 firms in four highly polluting industries.
The results confirmed earlier findings that there is no identifiable association
between environmental disclosures and environmental performance.
Wiseman (1982) compared the annual report disclosures made by 26 firms in
three industries with their environmental performances as ranked by the CEP.
Her content analysis measured the extent of disclosures using 18 items and four
categories to evaluate the quality and accuracy of environmental disclosures. The
findings indicated that voluntary environmental disclosures were incomplete,
providing inadequate disclosure for most of the environmental performance
items included in the content analysis. Her findings also demonstrated that no
relationship existed between the contents of firms’ environmental disclosures and
their environmental performance.
Rockness (1985) used 128 participants in a field experiment to examine the
reliability of voluntary environmental disclosures. She tested whether annual
report users were able to make accurate comparative judgments among U.S.
firms’ environmental performance based on their annual report disclosures. The
CEP 1977 Pollution Audit provided an external evaluation of environmental
performance for 26 firms in three industries included in her study. Results
showed that users formed reasonably consistent comparative evaluations of firms’
environmental performance within an industry, but that these evaluations were in-
accurate interpretations of actual performance as measured by the CEP. Rockness
concluded that environmental disclosures are incomplete or inaccurate reports of
actual performance.
Freedman and Wasley (1990) examined the relationship between environmental
performance and environmental disclosures made in both annual reports and in
the Form 10-K reports filed with the SEC. They used the CEP indices from 1977
for 50 firms in four industries. The results of the content analysis, similar in
142 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

structure to the Wiseman study described above, indicated that neither voluntary
annual report environmental disclosure nor mandatory Form 10-K disclosure
is indicative of actual firm environmental performance. These findings imply
that for environmental disclosures to be beneficial for financial statement users
regulation of their production may be necessary.
Freedman and Stagliano (1995) used content analysis to examine the 1987 Form
10-K environmental disclosures of firms named potentially responsible parties
under Superfund. Their objective was to detail both the existence of disclosures
and the type of discussion provided by identified firms. A computerized search
by keywords of all 1987 financial reports resulted in a sample of only 193
firms. They suggested that firms potentially impacted in the same way report
the environmental event in a variety of ways, and often in a conflicting manner.
According to these researchers, the disclosures fail to help stakeholders reach an
informed judgment as to the potential impact Superfund will have on the firm.
Their study concludes that even when disclosure regulations exist, corporations
disregard them to avoid disclosing potentially damaging information.

Summary

Studies using the 1977 CEP indices have suggested that no relationship exists
between environmental disclosures and environmental performance. Disclosures
in this area have been incomplete and inaccurate. Public policy with respect to the
environment has changed over the last decade. Freedman and Stagliano (1995)
propose that, even with regulation, environmental disclosures can mislead stake-
holders due to the variety of reporting options available and the fact that some firms
provide conflicting information about their Superfund PRP status. Environmental
reporting may mislead stakeholders since there seems to be no relationship be-
tween disclosures and the firm’s actual environmental performance. This concurs
with the various studies cited by Ullmann (1985) that find no association between
social disclosures and social performance. Additional new research that takes
a different approach is needed to confirm these prior studies and inform public
policy makers.

METHOD OF STUDY
The CEP’s Corporate Environmental Data Clearinghouse (CEDC) used the year
1989 to monitor, gather, and analyze information on corporate environmental
performance for firms in the Fortune 500 (CEP, 1991, 1992).4 Companies in the
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 143

present study were chosen based on those previously analyzed by the CEDC.
These firms represent leaders in their industry, as defined by the CEDC.
The major task of accumulating this information was accomplished by the
CEDC over an extended period of time. By the middle of 1992, environmental
reports for 57 firms, grouped into four industries, were available.5 These four
industries are “chemical,” “consumer products,” “forest products,” and “oil.”
Using content analysis,6 1989 corporate annual reports for these 57 firms were
reviewed for environmental disclosures using a computerized search. From
preliminary analysis, a keyword descriptor listing of environmental terms was
developed to search for the disclosures.7
The text of each environmental disclosure found was read and its content coded
in stages using the analysis technique described in the Appendix below. Descriptive
analyses and statistics summarize and characterize the outcome of this analysis.
These provide some insight into environmental disclosure in terms of quality and
quantity that was specifically designed to differentiate between display in the fi-
nancial and non-financial sections of the corporate annual reports studied.
One measure is used to capture the quantity of disclosure, and two measures
are used to capture the perceived quality, or information content, of disclosure.
The quantity measure is the number of theme occurrences (NTO). This measures
the number of specific themes occurring within five broad categories. The quality
measures are a four-element index (QI), with a maximum of six points for each
specific theme occurrence, and a disclosure score (DS) representing a summation
of the QI for each specific theme category identified.
Separate analyses for the financial and non-financial sections of each annual
report provide information about the usage/selection of these sections for
disclosure. It is expected that accounting and regulatory requirements will have a
greater impact on disclosures made in the financial portion of the report because
the auditors review that portion. It also is believed that disclosures located in the
non-financial section should be affected more by social change than regulation
since management has wide discretion to include in the non-financial section
information that is considered to be important.8 Analyses are performed in
aggregate for the four industries and separately by industry to investigate the
nature and extent of the disclosures.

HYPOTHESES AND EXPECTATIONS


Correlation analysis is used to explore the relationship between the quantity and
quality of disclosures and environmental performance. The following two null
hypotheses of no association are tested:
144 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

H1. There is no significant association between the quantity of environmental


disclosures and environmental performance.
H2. There is no significant association between the quality of environmental
disclosures and environmental performance.
The availability of environmental performance factors is problematic. Reports from
the EPA regarding information such as Superfund PRP status and toxic releases
often are difficult to obtain and compile. Fortunately, the CEDC does provide
information on PRP status9 and toxic releases per $1,000 of sales.10 These two
factors are used as proxy variables for a firm’s environmental performance. Neither
the Superfund-PRP status nor toxic releases proxy variables indicates the “severity”
of the Superfund site or toxicity of releases by the firm.11 This is an inherent
weakness in the proxies chosen.
Beyond these basic hypotheses, this study does investigate the relationship
between environmental contingency disclosures in the financial section and the
two environmental performance proxies just described. To do this, the following
additional null hypotheses are tested:
H3. There is no significant association between the quantity of environmental
contingency disclosures in the financial section and environmental performance.
H4. There is no significant association between the quality of environmental
contingency disclosures in the financial section and environmental performance.
Accounting and regulatory requirements should affect the environmental disclo-
sures made in the financial section of the report that are reviewed by auditors.
Disclosures related to environmental contingencies are of particular interest. If
these disclosures are useful and informative, there is an expectation of association
between contingency disclosures and environmental performance.
A potential relationship between the quantity and quality of disclosures and
firm size is considered in addition to the environmental performance factors
used.12 Studies by Patten (1991, 1992) suggest that the level of social disclosures,
including environmental disclosures, is related to public policy pressure (see
also, Walden & Schwartz, 1997).13 Patten used the natural log of sales as a size
variable.14 It is used in this study also. This proxy variable may represent many
other things besides, or in addition to, public policy pressure.
With respect to the size factor, the following two null hypotheses of no
association are tested:
H5. There is no significant association between the quantity of environmental
disclosures and size of the firm.
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 145

H6. There is no significant association between the quality of environmental


disclosures and size of the firm.
Every fundamental hypothesis dealing with the quality of disclosure has allied
with it a specific hypothesis for each quality measure, the average quality index,
or the disclosure score. These specific hypotheses are simply denoted as “A” for
the average quality index, and “B” for the disclosure score. For example, the null
Hypothesis 2A can be stated as follows:
H2A. There is no significant association between the quality of environmen-
tal disclosures as measured by the average quality index and environmental
performance.

STUDY SAMPLE

The final sample for study consists of 53 companies in four industries. The
companies are shown in Table 1 along with their three-digit primary standard
industrial classification code number (SIC). The four companies listed sepa-
rately in Table 1 did not have annual reports available due to privatization or
reorganization. There are 11 companies each from the chemical and consumer
products industries, 16 companies from the forest products industry, and 15 oil
companies.
The keyword descriptors discussed above were used to perform a computerized
search by company using the electronic annual report database from the National
Automated Accounting Research System (NAARS). Once the searches for a
company were complete, identified disclosures were marked for analysis. Coding
was done for each disclosure using the two systems of enumeration discussed
in the Appendix below. Due to the subjective nature of the coding process,
two other coders besides the researchers independently coded the data to test
reliability.15
Panel A of Table 2 presents a descriptive analysis of the four industries in total.
The financial and non-financial sections of the annual reports are analyzed by five
broad environmental theme categories. A total of 51 of the 53 companies had
environmental disclosures in their 1989 annual report. The quantity and quality
of disclosure themes varies across the financial and non-financial sections. The
number of companies reporting on each theme also varies. The average number
of specific theme occurrences (ANTO) is 10.2 in the non-financial section of the
annual report compared with 4.3 in the financial section. The average quality index
(AQI) is 3.5 for disclosure in the financial section of the annual report vs. 2.3 in
the non-financial section.
146 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

Table 1. Companies Reported on by the CEDC in Four Industries (n = 57).


Chemical (n = 11)
American Cyanamid (283)
BASF (369)
Ciba Geigy (283)
Dow Chemical (282)
Du Pont (291)
Eastman Kodak (386)
FMC (281)
ICI (286)
Monsanto (282)
3M (267)
Union Carbide (282)
Consumer products (n = 11)
Archer Daniels Midland (207)
Borden (202)
Clorox (284)
Colgate-Palmolive (284)
Dial (284)
General Mills (204)
H. J. Heinz (203)
Kellogg (204)
Philip Morris (209)
Proctor & Gamble (284)
Unilever (207)
Forest products (n = 16)
Boise Cascade (262)
Champion International (262)
Federal Paperboard (263)
Georgia Pacific (243)
International Paper (262)
James River (267)
Kimberly Clark (267)
Louisiana Pacific (242)
Maxxam (242)
Mead (511)
Potlatch (263)
Scott Paper (267)
Stone Container (263)
Union Camp (267)
Westvaco (262)
Weyerhaeuser (262)
Oil (n = 15)
Amoco (131)
Ashland Oil (291)
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 147

Table 1. (Continued )
ARCO (286)
British Petroleum (291)
Chevron (291)
Exxon (131)
Louisiana Land & Exploration (291)
Mobil (131)
Occidental Petroleum (281)
Phillips Petroleum (291)
Shell Oil (291)
Sun (291)
Texaco (131)
Unocal (291)
USX (131)
Annual reports unavailable (n = 4)
Fort Howard (Forest products) (267)
Jefferson Smurfit (Forest products) (263)
RJR Nabisco (Consumer products) (211)
Sandoz (Chemical) (283)

Note: 3-Digit primary SIC shown parenthetically.

For environmental contingencies, there was reporting by 24 companies (45%)


when considering both sections of the annual report. Environmental contingency
information is noticeably absent from the non-financial section, with only five
of the companies reporting. For firms reporting, the ANTO for environmental
contingencies is 2.8 times per annual report. The AQI is 3.2 of the possible
six-point maximum.
Thirty-nine companies (74%) reported the environmental expenditures dis-
closure theme between both sections. This information appears to be balanced
between the financial and non-financial sections. The ANTO for environmental
expenditures is 3.3 times per annual report; the AQI is 3.6 for firms reporting.
For pollution abatement disclosures, 46 companies (87%) reported on this
theme between both sections of the annual report. The vast majority of this
information is reported in the non-financial section. For firms reporting, the
ANTO for pollution abatement is 4.3 times per annual report; the AQI is 2.3.
Thirty-one companies (58%) reported on environmental preservation in
both sections. Only one firm reported this theme in the financial section.
The ANTO for pollution abatement is 2.3 times per annual report; the AQI
is 2.6.
Forty-five companies (85%) reported other environmental information in both
sections of the annual report. The majority of this information is disclosed in the
148 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

Table 2. Descriptive Content Analysis by Theme, Industry and


Section (n = 53).
Non-Financial Financial Both
Section Section Sections

Panel A: Environmental theme


Environmental contingencies
Firms reporting 5 23 24
Average number of theme occurrences 1.4 2.6 2.8
Maximum 2 9 11
Average quality index 2.9 3.3 3.2
Maximum 4 5 5
Environmental expenditures
Firms reporting 29 31 39
Average number of theme occurrences 2.0 2.2 3.3
Maximum 5 5 7
Average quality index 3.2 3.9 3.6
Maximum 6 6 5
Pollution abatement
Firms reporting 46 8 46
Average number of theme occurrences 4.1 1.1 4.3
Maximum 12 2 12
Average quality index 2.3 2.6 2.3
Maximum 4 4 4
Environmental preservation
Firms reporting 30 1 31
Average number of theme occurrences 2.4 1.0 2.3
Maximum 6 1 6
Average quality index 2.6 2.0 2.6
Maximum 6 2 6
Other environmental information
Firms reporting 41 18 45
Average number of theme occurrences 4.2 1.1 4.3
Maximum 16 2 17
Average quality index 1.9 2.9 2.1
Maximum 3 6 6
Total for four industries (n = 53)
Firms reporting 49 37 51
Average number of theme occurrences 10.2 4.3 12.9
Maximum 28 14 31
Average quality index 2.3 3.5 2.6
Maximum 6 6 6
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 149

Table 2. (Continued )
Non-Financial Financial Both
Section Section Sections

Panel B: Industry
Chemical (n = 11)
Firms reporting 11 7 11
Average number of theme occurrences 11.9 3.9 14.4
Maximum 25 6 28
Average quality index 2.2 3.4 2.5
Maximum 3 5 5
Consumer products (n = 11)
Firms reporting 9 2 9
Average number of theme occurrences 3.1 1.0 3.3
Maximum 5 1 5
Average quality index 2.0 3.5 2.1
Maximum 3 5 5
Forest products (n = 16)
Firms reporting 14 14 16
Average number of theme occurrences 8.5 2.6 9.8
Maximum 16 4 19
Average quality index 2.5 3.4 2.8
Maximum 4 6 6
Oil (n = 15)
Firms reporting 15 14 15
Average number of theme occurrences 15.9 6.6 22.1
Maximum 28 14 31
Average quality index 2.3 3.8 2.7
Maximum 3 5 5
Total for four industries (n = 53)
Firms reporting 49 37 51
Average number of theme occurrences 10.2 4.3 12.9
Maximum 28 14 31
Average quality index 2.3 3.5 2.6
Maximum 6 6 6

non-financial section. For firms reporting other environmental information, the


ANTO is 4.3, and the AQI is 2.1.
Panel B of Table 2 presents the descriptive analyses by industry. The consumer
products group had the smallest number of environmental disclosures. Based
on firms reporting and the ANTO for all industries, the majority of disclosure
themes reported on are pollution abatement and other environmental information.
150 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

These disclosures are found mostly in the non-financial section. The highest
perceived average quality of disclosure (based on AQI) appears to be associated
with environmental expenditures (3.6) and environmental contingencies (3.2).
Environmental contingency information is reported, as expected, mostly in the
financial section of the annual report.

EMPIRICAL RESULTS AND ANALYSIS


Descriptive Statistics on Disclosure Score, Environmental
Performance, and Size

Table 3 shows the descriptive statistics for the disclosure score (DS) and various
performance factors displayed by industry. A large degree of variability exists
for DS and the performance factors across industries and sections of the annual
report. The largest average total DS is found in the oil industry (59.4), followed by
chemical (30.0), forest products (27.6), and consumer products (6.0). The largest
average Superfund sites disclosure is found in the chemical industry (27.8),
followed very closely by the oil companies (26.1). Across industries, chemicals
had the largest average toxic releases (10.9) followed by the forest products (3.5),
consumer products (1.2), and oil industries (1.2) respectively. Size, on average,
appears to be comparable across industries.

Association between Disclosure, Environmental Performance


Factors, and Size

Spearman rank correlations are presented in Table 4 for the four industries in
total.16 The strongest significant positive associations are between the number of
Superfund sites and the quantity of environmental disclosures as measured by NTO
(H1). There also appear to be significant positive associations between the number
of Superfund sites and the quality of disclosures measured by AQI (H2A) and the
DS (H2B) found in the financial section. There are no associations between toxic
releases and the quantity or quality of disclosure. There are significant positive
associations between size, the quantity of disclosure (H5), and the DS (H6B).
The strongest associations are in the non-financial section. There is no association
between firm size and AQI. Panels B through E of Table 4 present the Spearman
rank correlations for each industry. There is an obvious lack of consistency in the
relationships across industries.
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 151

Table 3. Descriptive Statistics by Industry and Variable.


Industry and Variable Mean S.D. Range

Chemical (n = 11)
Non-financial DS 22.09 19.32 0–60
Financial DS 7.91 7.31 0–18
Total DS 30.00 21.57 11–82
Superfund-PRP sites 27.82 14.87 8–58
Toxic releases 10.93 13.90 0.70–42.01
Size 9.27 0.73 8.14–10.48
Consumer industry (n = 11)
Non-financial DS 5.36 5.14 0–17
Financial DS 0.64 1.57 0–5
Total DS 6.00 5.14 0–17
Superfund-PRP sites 6.91 7.65 0–21
Toxic releases 0.23 0.32 0–1.10
Size 8.96 1.01 7.21–10.69
Forest products industry (n = 16)
Non-financial DS 19.94 16.17 0–46
Financial DS 7.63 4.35 0–14
Total DS 27.56 17.44 3–52
Superfund-PRP sites 8.19 6.43 0–22
Toxic releases 3.51 2.72 0.70–11.40
Size 8.31 0.69 7.11–9.34
Oil industry (n = 15)
Non-financial DS 36.20 12.76 13–56
Financial DS 23.20 15.30 0–55
Total DS 59.40 22.93 13–94
Superfund-PRP sites 26.13 11.06 2–43
Toxic releases 1.21 1.29 0.10–4.60
Size 9.81 1.12 6.57–11.46
Four industries (n = 53)
Non-financial DS 23.15 18.20 0–60
Financial DS 10.64 12.26 0–55
Total DS 33.79 26.25 0–94
Superfund-PRP sites 17.08 13.89 0–58
Toxic releases 3.72 7.43 0–42.01
Size 9.07 1.06 6.57–11.46
152 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

Table 4. Spearman Rank Correlations between Disclosure by Section and


Environmental Performance.
Number of Theme Average Quality Disclosure
Occurrences Index Score

Panel A: For four industries (n = 53)


Superfund-PRP sites
Non-financial 0.5370 (0.000)*** 0.0823 (0.558) 0.4764 (0.000)***
Financial 0.5868 (0.000)*** 0.3748 (0.006)*** 0.5874 (0.000)***
Total 0.6103 (0.000)*** 0.1949 (0.162) 0.5796 (0.000)***
Toxic releases
Non-financial 0.1378 (0.325) 0.2101 (0.131) 0.1193 (0.395)
Financial 0.2009 (0.149) 0.2338 (0.092)* 0.1953 (0.161)
Total 0.1608 (0.250) 0.2013 (0.148) 0.1590 (0.255)
Size
Non-financial 0.4061 (0.003)*** −0.0328 (0.816) 0.3674 (0.007)***
Financial 0.2671 (0.053)* 0.1842 (0.187) 0.2703 (0.050)**
Total 0.4041 (0.003)*** −0.0163 (0.908) 0.3730 (0.006)***
Panel B: For the chemical industry (n = 11)
Superfund-PRP sites
Non-financial 0.3326 (0.318) 0.2909 (0.385) 0.1011 (0.767)
Financial 0.5376 (0.088)* 0.3071 (0.358) 0.4005 (0.222)
Total 0.4818 (0.133) 0.4966 (0.120) 0.2276 (0.501)
Toxic releases
Non-financial −0.6150 (0.044)* −0.3636 (0.272) 0.1482 (0.664)
Financial 0.2337 (0.489) −0.0512 (0.881) 0.2734 (0.416)
Total −0.5545 (0.077)* −0.1686 (0.620) 0.2454 (0.467)
Size
Non-financial 0.6424 (0.033)* 0.4182 (0.201) 0.2192 (0.517)
Financial −0.1636 (0.631) −0.0512 (0.881) −0.0539 (0.875)
Total 0.4727 (0.142) 0.0410 (0.905) 0.1416 (0.678)
Panel C: For the consumer products industry (n = 11)
Superfund-PRP sites
Non-financial 0.0256 (0.940) 0.2719 (0.419) 0.1011 (0.767)
Financial 0.3752 (0.255) 0.4005 (0.222) 0.4005 (0.222)
Total 0.0930 (0.786) 0.4401 (0.176) 0.2276 (0.501)
Toxic releases
Non-financial 0.1054 (0.758) 0.2459 (0.466) 0.1482 (0.664)
Financial 0.2267 (0.503) 0.2734 (0.416) 0.2734 (0.416)
Total 0.1054 (0.758) 0.4408 (0.175) 0.2454 (0.467)
Size
Non-financial 0.2125 (0.530) 0.4531 (0.162) 0.2192 (0.517)
Financial −0.0745 (0.828) −0.0539 (0.875) −0.0539 (0.875)
Total 0.1524 (0.655) 0.3753 (0.255) 0.1416 (0.678)
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 153

Table 4. (Continued )
Number of Theme Average Quality Disclosure
Occurrences Index Score

Panel D: For the forest products industry (n = 16)


Superfund-PRP sites
Non-financial −0.0222 (0.935) −0.3159 (0.233) −0.1674 (0.535)
Financial 0.2029 (0.451) −0.1542 (0.569) 0.2502 (0.350)
Total −0.0481 (0.860) −0.2244 (0.404) −0.1689 (0.532)
Toxic releases
Non-financial 0.4291 (0.097)* 0.4024 (0.122) 0.4345 (0.093)*
Financial −0.1134 (0.676) −0.1383 (0.610) −0.1542 (0.569)
Total 0.3826 (0.144) −0.1415 (0.601) 0.3181 (0.230)
Size
Non-financial −0.4384 (0.089)* −0.3402 (0.197) −0.4341 (0.093)*
Financial 0.1179 (0.664) −0.1464 (0.588) 0.1452 (0.592)
Total −0.4812 (0.059)* 0.0898 (0.741) −0.3974 (0.128)
Panel E: For the oil industry (n = 15)
Superfund-PRP sites
Non-financial 0.3862 (0.155) −0.1137 (0.687) 0.4772 (0.072)*
Financial 0.4293 (0.110) −0.0233 (0.934) 0.4014 (0.138)
Total 0.5621 (0.029)** 0.1549 (0.582) 0.4258 (0.114)
Toxic releases
Non-financial −0.1244 (0.659) −0.3014 (0.275) −0.3013 (0.275)
Financial −0.0746 (0.791) 0.3497 (0.201) −0.0779 (0.783)
Total −0.2453 (0.378) −0.1172 (0.677) −0.1376 (0.625)
Size
Non-financial 0.4097 (0.129) −0.3271 (0.275) 0.4910 (0.063)*
Financial 0.3091 (0.262) 0.3092 (0.262) 0.3238 (0.239)
Total 0.5619 (0.029)** −0.1340 (0.634) 0.4750 (0.074)*
∗p < 0.10 (two-tailed test).
∗∗ p < 0.05 (two-tailed test).
∗∗∗ p < 0.01 (two-tailed test).

Association between Environmental Contingencies in the Financial Section


and Environmental Performance Factors

Table 5 gives the Spearman rank correlations for environmental contingency


disclosures reported in the financial section of the annual report and the two envi-
ronmental performance factor proxies. This disclosure theme shows no association
with toxic releases. For Superfund sites, there appears to be a significant positive
association in total with the four industries combined for all measures (H3, H4A,
154 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

Table 5. Spearman Rank Correlations between Environmental Contingencies


and Environmental Performance in the Financial Section by Industry.
Number of Theme Average Quality Disclosure
Occurrences Index Score

Four industries (n = 53)


Superfund-PRP sites 0.6049 (0.000)*** 0.6073 (0.000)*** 0.6065 (0.000)***
Toxic releases 0.1072 (0.445) 0.1865 (0.181) 0.1289 (0.357)
Chemical (n = 11)
Superfund-PRP sites 0.6928 (0.018)** 0.5586 (0.074)* 0.5586 (0.074)*
Toxic releases 0.2309 (0.494) 0.3467 (0.296) 0.3467 (0.296)
Consumer (n = 11)
Superfund-PRP sites 0.0503 (0.883) 0.0503 (0.883) 0.0503 (0.883)
Toxic releases −0.2028 (0.550) −0.2028 (0.550) −0.2028 (0.550)
Forest products (n = 16)
Superfund-PRP sites 0.4212 (0.104) 0.4266 (0.099)* 0.4266 (0.099)*
Toxic releases −0.0995 (0.714) −0.0863 (0.751) −0.0863 (0.751)
Oil (n = 15)
Superfund-PRP sites 0.4896 (0.064)* 0.3780 (0.165) 0.5267 (0.044)**
Toxic releases 0.0619 (0.826) 0.3866 (0.155) 0.0523 (0.853)
∗p < 0.10 (two-tailed tests).
∗∗ p < 0.05 (two-tailed tests).
∗∗∗ p < 0.01 (two-tailed tests).

and H4B). On an industry-by-industry basis, significant positive association in


terms of quantity and quality for these disclosures appears only in the chemical
industry for all measures (H3, H4A, and H4B). The forest products industry shows
a significant positive association to the quality of disclosures (H4A and H4B),
while the oil industry has a significant positive association to the quantity of dis-
closures (H3) and the quality of disclosures as measured by DS (H4B). There are
no associations for Superfund sites and these disclosure themes in the consumer
products industry.

DISCUSSION AND IMPLICATIONS


This research explores various aspects of management’s communication of the
firm’s environmental impact to its many constituencies. The overall objective
of the study is to provide insight into environmental disclosure practices by
examining the nature and extent of disclosure themes in terms of quality and
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 155

quantity between the financial and non-financial sections of corporate annual


reports. In addition, the research explores the relationship between quantity and
quality of disclosure themes and environmental performance.
From the findings, it is evident that environmental disclosures occur through-
out the annual report with a great degree of variability. The vast majority
of disclosures were found in the non-financial section. Based on five broad
categories of disclosure themes in total, 87% of the firms in the sample disclosed
pollution abatement information, followed by 85% of the firms disclosing other
environmental information. Both of these categories occur most often in the
“Letter to Shareholders” and other portions of the non-financial section of the
annual report. In the financial section, the majority of environmental disclosures
involve expenditures and contingency data, but only 58% and 43% of the firms
reported information in these two areas, respectively.
Table 6 is a summary of significant positive differences by industry. The first set
of hypotheses tested relates to the quantity and quality of disclosures and environ-
mental performance factors. For the four industries in total, a significant positive
association was found between the quantity of disclosures and Superfund sites, but
not with toxic releases. A significant positive association is supported for H2B be-
tween the disclosure score and Superfund sites, but only for the financial section’s
average quality index and Superfund-PRP sites. For H2, there appears to be no
association between the quality of disclosures and toxic releases. When these two
hypotheses are analyzed across industries, inconsistent results are noted. These
findings suggest definite industry effects with regard to the quantity and quality of
disclosure and the environmental performance proxies. They further suggest that
the quantity and quality of environmental disclosures may make differentiation
between high-polluting and low-polluting industries feasible, even though firms
within a given industry do not appear to be susceptible to such differentiation.17
A second set of hypotheses was tested for the environmental contingency dis-
closures in the financial section of the annual report. The results were similar. For
the four industries in total, all three measures for quantity and quality showed
significant positive associations with Superfund sites (H3, H4A, and H4B), but
not for toxic releases. However, across industries, only the chemical company
group confirmed this finding (H3, H4A, and H4B). These results suggest definite
industry effects, but variability of disclosures made between industries and com-
panies. There remains the potential, though, that the environmental performance
factors selected may represent proxies, albeit noisy ones, for actual environmental
performance.
A third set of hypotheses was tested to determine the relationship between the
quantity and quality of disclosures and firm size. For the four industries in total,
a significant positive association was found between the quantity of disclosures
156 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

Table 6. Summary of Significant Positive Differences by Industry.


Non-Financial Section/Financial Section/Both Sections (Total)

H1 and H2 : H1 : Theme Occurrences H2A : Average Quality Index H2B : Disclosure Score
Environmental
Disclosures and
Environmental
Performance (Superfund
Sites)

Chemical ns/∗ /ns ns/ns/ns ns/ns/ns


Consumer products ns/ns/ns ns/ns/ns ns/ns/ns
Forest products ns/ns/ns ns/ns/ns ns/ns/ns
Oil ns/ns/∗ ∗ ns/ns/ns ∗
/ns/ns
∗∗∗ ∗∗∗ ∗∗∗
Four industries / / ns/∗ ∗ ∗ /ns ∗∗∗ ∗∗∗ ∗∗∗
/ /
H3 and H4 : H3 : Theme Occurrences H4A : Average Quality Index H4B : Disclosure Score
Environmental
Contingencies Disclosure
and Environmental
Performance (Superfund
Sites)
∗∗ ∗ ∗
Chemical
Consumer products ns ns ns
∗ ∗
Forest products ns
∗ ∗∗
Oil ns
∗∗∗ ∗∗∗ ∗∗∗
Four industries
H5 and H6 : H5 : Theme Occurrences H6A : Average Quality Index H6B : Disclosure Score
Environmental
Disclosures and Size

Chemical /ns/ns ns/ns/ns ns/ns/ns
Consumer products ns/ns/ns ns/ns/ns ns/ns/ns
Forest products ns/ns/ns ns/ns/ns ns/ns/ns
Oil ns/ns/∗∗ ns/ns/ns ∗
/ns/∗
∗∗∗ ∗ ∗∗∗ ∗∗∗ ∗∗∗ ∗∗∗
Four industries / / ns/ns/ns / /

Two-tailed tests: ns = not significant, ∗ p < 0.10; ∗ ∗ p < 0.05; ∗ ∗ ∗ p < 0.01.

and firm size. For H6, a significant positive association is supported between
the disclosure score and firm size (H6B), but not the average quality index. For
individual industries, the results are inconsistent and mixed. Of particular interest
is the oil industry, since significant positive associations were found for the
quantity of disclosure (H5) in total, and the disclosure score and size (H6B) in
the non-financial section and complete annual report. This lends support to Patten
(1992) who suggested that environmental disclosures in the oil industry were
related to public policy pressure associated with the 1989 Alaskan Exxon Valdez
oil spill. As with the previous findings, a definite industry effect is evident.
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 157

The quantity of environmental disclosure themes varies across sections of the


annual report, and the quality of themes is relatively low and varies across themes
as well. There is no relationship between the quality (as measured by average
quality index) of environmental disclosures and environmental performance. It
appears that the quantity of disclosures may increase the perceived information
content of environmental information (as measured by the number of theme
occurrences and the disclosure score); these disclosures may make differentiation
between high- and low-polluting industries feasible. Researchers should concern
themselves with possible industry effects in future studies.
Finally, it is interesting to note that the majority of environmental disclosures in
the non-financial section of company reports are concerned with pollution abate-
ment and other environmental information, not the environmental expenditure
and contingency information found in the financial section. It would seem that
management is attempting to inform stakeholders of environmental information
that is not prescribed currently by regulatory requirement. Yet, based on the
disclosure themes observed, information in the non-financial section tends to be
more positive than negative in its content.
In conclusion, many firms and industries do not appear to provide adequate or
informative environmental disclosures in their annual reports. It is doubtful that
extant disclosures provide environmental information in a manner appropriate
for assessing properly the impact of environmental actions on cash flows and
earnings of the firm. Perhaps it is time to reconsider the recommendation of
the 1989 American Accounting Association’s Committee on Accounting and
Auditing Measurement (AAA, 1991):
Reporting entities should report explicitly on the cost to a company of pollution prevention
and correction, where ascertainable. Absent improved voluntary disclosure by companies of
costs that they impose on society, such disclosure should be required by regulation (emphasis
added). Initially, such required disclosure might be limited to environmental damage, measured
in terms of cost (if practicable) or in physical terms such as the weight of particulate emissions
discharged.

The minority report of this AAA group went further by suggesting a report form
that would serve a variety of stakeholders and use data that already are available.
This type of environmental report would be structured on a multidimensional
approach and use units of measure that are of interest to particular stakeholders
(e.g. tons of particulate emissions and gallons of toxic discharge) in combination
with dollar amounts.
Additional regulation of environmental disclosures is necessary as suggested
by the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin 92 (SEC, 1993).18 Many
firms minimize disclosures not covered by specific accounting pronouncements
from the FASB and/or the SEC (Stanko & Zeller, 1995). For instance, a survey
158 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

reported that 36% of U.S. companies did not plan to mention current and potential
environmental liabilities in their annual reports as required by SAB 92 (“Many
companies fail,” 1994). Only 9% of the 200 companies surveyed indicated that
environmental information would be given significant space in their annual
reports. This is not inconsistent with the evidence provided by Welch (1994) that
the quality and quantity of environmental information disclosed by companies in
the United Kingdom is declining.
Since the majority of non-financial environmental disclosures deal with
pollution abatement and other environmental information, it seems appropriate
to direct research toward developing more meaningful reporting practices on
these two theme categories for future inclusion in the financial section of annual
reports. Pollution abatement and other environmental information disclosures
scored lowest in quality in this study, even though they were used frequently
by management. It also is evident that more meaningful reporting practices are
needed for environmental contingency disclosures in the financial section. These
represent large potential financial liabilities for companies. Unfortunately, firms
presently provide very limited information to assess adequately the potential
impact of these liabilities on a company’s future earnings and cash flows.
Finally, the environmental information disclosed currently by companies makes
it difficult to differentiate between firms with “good” and “bad” environmental
performance. This is particularly true for companies in the same industry. It is
apparent that a firm’s environmental performance is multidimensional and may
require more complex measures than are now being applied. That, though, is no
reason to forsake attempts to develop new, creative reporting schemes that will
more adequately inform stakeholders about the financial consequences of the
firm’s activities with regard to the environment. As the goal of global sustainability
gains in prominence, so too must the evidence provided by business enterprises
regarding their stewardship in the environmental arena. Robust disclosure about
the environmental impact of production activities, and the costs attached thereto,
also is a goal worthy of emphasis by the world’s financial community.

NOTES
1. Exxon’s total damages were reported to have reached $9 billion when it was ordered
by a jury to pay an additional $5 billion as punishment for the oil spill (Solomon, 1994).
2. The Valdez Principles require companies to adopt and implement specific policies
designed to safeguard the environment. They were developed by The Coalition for
Environmentally Responsible Economies (CERES) project of the Social Investment
Forum, which had the backing of large investors. Companies were invited to adopt the
Principles publicly. Large investors suggested that they would invest only in companies
that adopted the Principles (Gray, 1990).
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 159

3. The work of Walden and Schwartz (1997) lends support to environmental disclosures
being time- or event-specific and made in the firm’s self-interest as a response to public
policy pressure. For instance, it has been suggested that the 1989 Alaskan Exxon Valdez
oil spill contributed to an apparent shift in public policy regarding the environment
during this period (see, for example, Benoit, 1989; Grover, 1989). Gamble et al. (1995)
contend that the significant increase in environmental disclosures by U.S. companies is
associated with the 1989 oil spill and companies’ adoption of the Valdez Principles. In
contrast, Welch (1994) reported that the quantity and quality of environmental information
disclosed by United Kingdom companies have been declining rather than increasing
since 1992.
4. The CEP is a non-profit public interest research organization founded in 1969.
The CEDC monitors environmental information from an array of sources such as annual
questionnaires to each company monitored, individual interviews, publications, company
literature, government data, and other databases. CEDC also relies on expert advisors who
specialize in various environmental fields.
5. From discussions with CEDC staff members it was learned that companies were
selected for analysis based on their rank within industries, with the top-ranked firms
selected first. When a reasonable number of reports for a specific industry were completed,
the industry “batch” was released to the public. Thus, the initial 57 companies released
were selected solely by the CEDC, not the researchers.
6. A discussion of content analysis and the coding scheme used in this study is provided
in the Appendix.
7. The keyword listing included more than 50 descriptors to locate the environmental
disclosures and associated themes. For example, “ecolog!” was used to locate words like
“ecological” and “ecology.” A systematic, comprehensive, and thorough analysis was
made for each company.
8. Patten (1992) was the first to apply this financial vs. non-financial section dichotomy.
It is not absolute with regard to social change and regulatory effects. Disclosures driven by
regulatory effects also can be found in the non-financial section, and vice versa.
9. The CEDC measures PRP status using the number of sites per firm.
10. The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (SARA) created the toxic
chemical release inventory (TCRI), an annual listing that documents the types and amounts
of toxins released by manufacturing facilities. It covers approximately 300 toxins and
20 chemical categories. However, it represents only a first step and is limited in scope
of coverage. Firms must report to the EPA the quantity of chemicals released into the
environment and the amount sent off-site to treatment or disposal facilities. The CEDC
reports toxic releases based on the SARA disclosures for the TCRI.
11. The National Priorities List (NPL) does “rank” Superfund sites by severity. An
option, although one not chosen here, is to “weight” the PRP proxy according to state-level
NPL ranking.
12. According to Patten, company size is a “decisive” factor for social disclosures.
Larger firms tend to receive more attention from the public and to be under greater pressure
to exhibit social and environmental responsibility. Patten (1991) noted that size is, at best,
a very noisy proxy for public policy pressure.
13. Public policy pressure consists of three non-market environments according to
Boulding (1978). These are the cultural, political, and legal environments. In the context
of this study, the cultural and political environments can be thought of simply as “social
change,” while the legal environment might be thought of as a “regulatory” one.
160 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

14. The rationale for this choice is the fact that annual report “space” available for these
types of disclosures is finite, and the level of disclosures based on sales is best explained
using a log transformation.
15. Huck et al. (1974) suggest that without a relatively high degree of agreement
(usually above 85%) between researcher and coders, it is difficult to make an accurate
statement about the behavior of the variables being measured. Reliability for the quantity
and quality variables is within an acceptable range. The total average agreements between
the researchers and coders are 97% and 90% for the variables for quantity and quality
respectively. Average variability in differences between the researchers and coders are
−0.6% and 2.3% for variables for quantity and quality respectively.
16. The Spearman rank correlation coefficient is the comparable non-parametric test to
the Pearson product-moment correlation coefficient (Huck et al., 1974). Due to the small
sample size, variability in the data, and the need to avoid specification of the underlying
distribution, the Spearman rank correlation coefficient is used to report on the associations.
17. Industries known to have environmental problems may be more responsive and
disposed toward disclosure than others that have not encountered such problems according
to Ness and Mirza (1991).
18. According to Early (1994), the SEC has indicated that it will accept nothing less
than full disclosure of a public firm’s environmental liabilities. One estimate is that this
may amount to $750 billion over 30 years for American industry. It is not enough to simply
mention that liabilities and potential liabilities exist. With SAB 92, a firm must accrue at least
the minimum amount of the liability in its financial statements without regard to possible
third party offsets. A potential problem with SAB 92 is that of measuring the liability.

REFERENCES
American Accounting Association (AAA) Committee on Accounting and Auditing Measurement
(1991). Report of the committee on accounting and auditing measurement. Accounting
Horizons, 5(3), 81–105.
American Accounting Association (AAA) Committee on Accounting for Social Performance (1976).
Report of the committee on accounting for social performance. The Accounting Review
(Suppl.), 38–69.
Benoit, E. (1989). The Valdez legacy. Financial World, 158(13), 82–83.
Blacconiere, W. G., & Patten, D. M. (1994). Environmental disclosures, regulatory costs, and changes
in firm value. Journal of Accounting and Economics, 18(3), 357–377.
Boulding, K. E. (1978). The legitimacy of the business institution. In: E. M. Epstein & D. Votaw (Eds),
Rationality, Legitimacy, Responsibility: Search for New Directions in Business and Society
(pp. 83–97). Santa Monica, CA: Goodyear Publishing.
Council on Economic Priorities (CEP) (1991). CEDC reports now available. Research Report, 3.
Council on Economic Priorities (CEP) (1992). New CEDC reports available. Research Report, 6.
Early, K. (1994). The SEC’s toxic solution to environmental reporting. Corporate Cashflow, 15(5), 60.
Epstein, M. J. (1991). What shareholders really want? The New York Times, Forum, April 28, 140, 11.
Epstein, M. J., & Freedman, M. (1994). Social disclosure and the individual investor. Accounting,
Auditing and Accountability Journal, 7(4), 94–109.
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) (1975). Statement of financial accounting standards
no. 5: Accounting for contingencies. Stamford, CT: FASB.
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 161

Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) (1986). Accounting standards: Statements of financial
accounting concepts 1–6. Stamford, CT: FASB.
Freedman, M., & Jaggi, B. (1982). Pollution disclosures, pollution performance and economic
performance. Omega, 10(2), 167–176.
Freedman, M., & Stagliano, A. J. (1992). European unification, accounting harmonization, and social
disclosures. The International Journal of Accounting and Education and Research, 27(2),
112–122.
Freedman, M., & Stagliano, A. J. (1995). Disclosure of environmental cleanup costs: The impact of
the Superfund Act. Advances in Public Interest Accounting, 6, 163–176.
Freedman, M., & Wasley, C. (1990). The association between environmental performance and
environmental disclosure in annual reports and 10-Ks. Advances in Public Interest Accounting,
3, 183–193.
Gamble, G. O., Hsu, K., Kite, D., & Robin, R. R. (1995). Environmental disclosures in annual reports
and 10Ks: An examination. Accounting Horizons, 9(3), 34–54.
Gray, R. (1990). The accountant’s task as a friend to the earth. Accountancy, 105, 65–68.
Grover, R. (1989). Fighting back: The resurgence of social activism. Business Week, May 22, 34–35.
Holsti, O. R. (1969). Content analysis for the social sciences and humanities. Reading, MA:
Addison-Wesley.
Huck, S. W., Cormier, W. H., & Bounds, W. G., Jr. (1974). Reading statistics and research. New York:
Harper and Row.
Ingram, R. W., & Frazier, K. B. (1980). Environmental performance and corporate disclosure. Journal
of Accounting Research, 18(2), 614–622.
Many companies fail to disclose environmental liabilities (1994). Journal of Accountancy, 178(1),
12–13.
Ness, K. E., & Mirza, A. M. (1991). Corporate social disclosure: A note on a test of agency theory.
The British Accounting Review, 23(3), 211–217.
Patten, D. M. (1991). Exposure, legitimacy, and social disclosure. Journal of Accounting and Public
Policy, 10(4), 297–308.
Patten, D. M. (1992). Intra-industry environmental disclosures in response to the Alaskan oil spill: A
note on legitimacy theory. Accounting, Organizations and Society, 17(5), 471–475.
Post, J. E. (1991). Managing as if the earth mattered. Business Horizons, 34(4), 32–38.
Rockness, J. W. (1985). An assessment of the relationship between U.S. corporate environmental
performance and disclosure. Journal of Business Finance and Accounting, 12(3), 339–354.
Roussey, R. S. (1992). Practice note: Auditing environmental liabilities. Auditing: A Journal of
Practice and Theory, 11(1), 47–57.
Sanyal, R. N., & Neves, J. S. (1991). The Valdez principles: Implications for corporate social
responsibility. Journal of Business Ethics, 10(12), 883–890.
Solomon, C. (1994). Exxon is told to pay $5 billion for Valdez spill. The Wall Street Journal, 224(55),
Sept. 19, A3, A6.
Stanko, B. B., & Zeller, T. L. (1995). Environmental liability in financial reporting. Business and
Economics Review, 41(2), 19–23.
Surma, J. P. (1992). Tackling corporate America’s environmental challenge. Review, 36(2), 10–23.
Ullmann, A. A. (1985). Data in search of a theory: A critical examination of the relationships among
social performance, social disclosure, and economic performance of U.S. firms. Academy of
Management Review, 10(3), 540–557.
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) (1989). Financial reporting release no. 36:
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;
Certain investment company disclosure. Washington, DC: SEC.
162 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) (1993). Staff accounting bulletin no. 92: Accounting
and disclosures relating to loss contingencies. Washington, DC: SEC.
Walden, W. D. (1993). An empirical investigation of environmental disclosures analyzing reactions to
public policy and regulatory effects. Ph.D. dissertation, Virginia Commonwealth University.
Walden, W. D., & Schwartz, B. N. (1997). Environmental disclosures and public policy pressure.
Journal of Accounting and Public Policy, 16, 125–154.
Weber, R. P. (1990). Basic content analysis. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Welch, I. (1994). Green reports go into decline. Accountancy Age, Aug. 18, 8–9.
Wiseman, J. (1982). An evaluation of environmental disclosures made in corporate annual reports.
Accounting, Organizations and Society, 7(1), 53–63.
Zeghal, D., & Ahmed, S. A. (1990). Comparison of social responsibility information disclosure media
used by Canadian firms. Accounting, Auditing and Accountability Journal, 3(1), 38–53.

APPENDIX
Content analysis uses a set of procedures to make inferences from messages
(Weber, 1990). The method of creating and testing a coding scheme developed
here is similar to that used in other social accounting studies (e.g. Freedman &
Stagliano, 1992; Freedman & Wasley, 1990; Wiseman, 1982).
Coding is the process by which raw data are transformed systematically
and aggregated into units that permit precise description of relevant content
characteristics (Holsti, 1969, p. 94) The development of a coding scheme begins
with selection and definition of categories. Data are coded and classified into
these categories by units. These units include the recording unit, the context unit,
and the system of enumeration (Holsti, 1969).
Figure 1 shows details of the coding scheme developed for use in this study.
Choice of recording unit is the first step in the coding process. The unit selected
for this study is the “theme” of the environmental disclosure. According to Holsti
(1969), the most useful unit of content analysis is the theme. Unfortunately, it is
also the most time-consuming to develop and code. Weber (1990) suggests that
while this form of coding is labor-intensive, it leads to much more detailed and
sophisticated comparisons. Wiseman (1982) and Freedman and Wasley (1990)
used the following four broad theme categories: (1) “litigation”; (2) “pollution
control equipment and facilities”; (3) “pollution abatement”; and (4) “other
environmentally related information.” The present study uses an updated version
of these four categories and a new category for “environmental preservation”
which includes recycling and conservation of natural resources. These five broad
themes, and their related sub-categories, are shown in Fig. 2.
Categorization of a recording unit or theme relies on the context unit. This is
the largest body of content which can be examined to categorize a recording unit
(Holsti, 1969). The financial and non-financial sections of the annual report are
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 163

Fig. 1. Content Analysis Coding Scheme.

the context units. Patten (1992) also used these sections of the annual report as
the context unit. For purposes of this study, the financial section of the annual
report includes the Management Analysis and Discussion, financial statements,
164 W. DARRELL WALDEN AND A. J. STAGLIANO

Fig. 2. Broad and Specific Theme Categories.

supplemental schedules, and footnotes. The non-financial section includes the


Letter to Shareholders and all other portions of the report not classified as financial.
Freedman and Stagliano (1992, 1995) quite correctly suggest that it is much
more important for a method of content analysis to focus on what is included in
the theme, rather than how much is said. The meaning of the message is what
is essential. Considering only the quantity of disclosures does not capture the
importance of the disclosures. Most studies use only quantity as the enumeration
system. For example, Patten (1991, 1992) used only a portion of the page (1/100th
of a page intervals) containing the disclosure. Blacconiere and Patten (1994)
used the presence or absence of statements relating to five areas of environmental
concern as a measurement scheme.
An Assessment of the Quality of Environmental Disclosure Themes 165

Two systems of enumeration are developed for this study to capture the quantity
of disclosure and to establish an assessment of quality. Freedman and Stagliano
(1992, 1995) suggest that the latter are more important since this method of content
analysis focuses on what is included in the theme, rather than how much is said.
The first system of enumeration here considers the quantity of disclosures made
by counting the number of theme occurrences (NTO). Each time a specific theme
was found, it was counted. Blacconiere and Patten (1994) used a similar method.
This was done to indicate the strength of usage of various themes.
The second system of enumeration considers the quality, or perceived infor-
mation content, of the disclosures. A four-element quality index (QI) is used
to assess the quality of disclosures related to the themes. This follows a study
by Freedman and Stagliano (1992). The four elements used are: (1) effect –
significant or not significant; (2) quantification – monetary or not monetary; (3)
specificity – specific as to actions, persons, events, or places; or not specific; and
(4) time frame – past, present, or future.
For this study, significant effects were based on location in the annual report.
Those disclosures found in the Letter to Shareholders and financial sections
of the annual report were deemed significant. The remaining three elements of
each disclosure were judged independently by the researchers and two coders.
Each element of the index that is present in the disclosure receives one point.
If the disclosure involves the current reporting period, it receives one point. No
points are given if the disclosure involves the past or the element is not present.
Therefore, each environmental disclosure assessed by the quality index (QI) by
theme could receive a minimum of zero points and a maximum of six points
based on the four-element index.
In addition, a second quality measure was computed. This is referred to as the
disclosure score (DS). The DS is a summation of the quality index per environmen-
tal theme. For example, assume that company X has two observed environmental
disclosures assessed for quality by theme. If QI1 and QI2 are rated as five and
three points, respectively, the DS is eight. This procedure is the same as that used
by Walden (1993) and Walden and Schwartz (1997). The rating procedure is based
on the presence or absence and the degree of specificity for each environmental
disclosure theme. This type of differential rating is consistent with other studies
(e.g. Freedman & Stagliano, 1992; Freedman & Wasley, 1990; Wiseman, 1982).
The nature and extent of environmental disclosures are examined to measure
objectively the information contained in the disclosures and to provide a system-
atic numerical basis for comparing the environmental disclosure themes. Once
the ratings for quantity and quality assessment are tabulated, the environmental
disclosure themes are compiled by various sections of the annual report for use
in further statistical analysis.

Anda mungkin juga menyukai